WO2021254353A1 - 一种释放中继连接的方法、设备及系统 - Google Patents

一种释放中继连接的方法、设备及系统 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021254353A1
WO2021254353A1 PCT/CN2021/100212 CN2021100212W WO2021254353A1 WO 2021254353 A1 WO2021254353 A1 WO 2021254353A1 CN 2021100212 W CN2021100212 W CN 2021100212W WO 2021254353 A1 WO2021254353 A1 WO 2021254353A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
relay
information
remote
network element
service
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/100212
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
许胜锋
杨艳梅
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2021254353A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021254353A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/30—Connection release
    • H04W76/34—Selective release of ongoing connections
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/27—Transitions between radio resource control [RRC] states
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/30—Connection release
    • H04W76/34—Selective release of ongoing connections
    • H04W76/36—Selective release of ongoing connections for reassigning the resources associated with the released connections
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00—Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/02—Terminal devices
    • H04W88/04—Terminal devices adapted for relaying to or from another terminal or user

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a method, device, and system for releasing a relay connection.
  • ProSe proximity service
  • a remote UE can access the network through a relay UE.
  • the remote UE and the relay UE can communicate through the PC5 interface (ProSe Communication 5), for example, the data plane and the control plane are transmitted through the PC5 interface.
  • the network needs to authorize remote UEs to access the network through relay UEs.
  • UE 1 under the premise that UE 1 is allowed to use UE 2 as a relay device to transmit service data, and UE 2 is allowed to provide relay services for UE 1, UE 1 can establish a relay connection with UE 2 and then access the network.
  • the UE 1 may also be referred to as a remote UE (Remote UE), and the UE 2 may also be referred to as a relay UE (Relay UE).
  • the remote UE and the relay UE after the remote UE and the relay UE have established a relay connection, if the subscription or authorization information of the remote UE and/or the relay UE changes, for example, the UE 1 uses the UE 2 as the relay device to transmit service data.
  • the contract expires, the UE 2's contract to provide the relay service for the UE 1 expires, or the UE 2's contract to provide the relay service expires, and so on, the remote UE and the relay UE cannot respond in time. This will lead to problems such as inaccurate management and control of relay connections and inaccurate charges on the network side.
  • This application provides a method, device and system for releasing a relay connection, which can respond in time when the remote UE and/or the relay UE’s contract or authorization information changes, and improve the accuracy of the network side’s management and control of the relay connection Issues such as sex and accuracy of charges.
  • a method for releasing a relay connection includes: a first network element obtains relay service subscription information of a first UE; One piece of information; where the first piece of information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE, or release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the first network element can indicate in time when it determines that the subscription or authorization information of the remote UE and/or the relay UE has changed according to the service subscription information of the remote UE and/or the relay UE Release the relay connection corresponding to the remote UE or the relay UE, or release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the remote UE and the relay UE.
  • the network side can improve the accuracy of the relay connection management and control and the accuracy of charging.
  • the first information when the first information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE, the first information is the first relay service authorization revocation information or the first relay connection release information;
  • the subsequent service authorization revocation information is used to indicate the revocation of the authorization of the first UE as a relay UE or a remote UE;
  • the first relay connection release information is used to indicate the release of the relay connection corresponding to the first UE.
  • This application supports the first network element to indicate the release of the relay connection corresponding to the first UE through the first relay service authorization cancellation information or the first relay connection release information.
  • the above-mentioned first UE is a relay UE
  • the first network element sends the first information according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE, including: the relay service subscription information of the first UE
  • the first network element sends the first information
  • the first network element determines, according to the relay service subscription information, that the first UE is changed from being allowed to provide the relay service for the remote UE to not being allowed to provide the relay service for the remote UE
  • the first network element sends the first information.
  • the first information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE.
  • the specific form of the relay service subscription information of the first UE is not limited.
  • the relay service subscription information of the first UE may include the identification information of the remote UE that the first UE is allowed to provide the relay service.
  • the relay service subscription information of the first UE may also be expressed in other forms that can reflect whether the first UE is allowed to provide the relay service for the remote UE.
  • the above-mentioned first UE is a remote UE
  • the first network element sends the first information according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE, including: the relay service subscription information of the first UE
  • the first network element sends the first information
  • the first network element determines, according to the relay service subscription information, that the first UE changes from being allowed to accept the relay service to not being allowed to accept the relay service
  • the first network element sends the first information.
  • the first information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE.
  • the specific form of the relay service subscription information of the first UE is not limited.
  • the relay service subscription information of the first UE may include identification information of a relay UE that the UE is allowed to accept the relay service.
  • the relay service subscription information of the first UE may also be expressed in other forms that can reflect whether the first UE is allowed to receive the relay service.
  • the first information when the first information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE, the first information is the second relay service authorization revocation information or the first 2.
  • Relay connection release information wherein, the second relay service authorization revocation information is used to indicate the revocation of the authorization of the first UE to provide the relay service for the second UE, or the revocation of the authorization of the first UE to accept the relay service provided by the second UE;
  • the second relay connection release information is used to indicate to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE.
  • This application supports the first network to indicate the release of the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE through the second relay service authorization revocation information or the second relay connection release information.
  • the above-mentioned first UE is a relay UE
  • the first network element sends the first information according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE, including: the relay service subscription information of the first UE Change from including the identification information of the remote UE to which the first UE is allowed to provide the relay service and the identification information of the remote UE to include the identification information of the second UE to exclude the remote UE to which the first UE is allowed to provide the relay service
  • the first network element sends the first information; or, in the relay service subscription information of the first UE, the identification information of the remote UE for which the first UE is allowed to provide the relay service is selected from the second UE.
  • the first network element When the identification information of the second UE is changed to not include the identification information of the second UE, the first network element sends the first information; or, when the first network element determines that the first UE is never allowed to be the owner according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE When the second UE provides the relay service and is not allowed to provide the relay service for the second UE, the first network element sends the first information; wherein, the first information is used to release the medium between the first UE and the second UE. Relay connection corresponding to the relay service.
  • the specific form of the relay service subscription information of the first UE is not limited.
  • the relay service subscription information of the first UE may include the identification information of the remote UE that the first UE is allowed to provide the relay service.
  • the relay service subscription information of the first UE may include identification information of whether the first UE is allowed to provide the relay service for the second UE.
  • the relay service subscription information of the first UE may also be expressed in other forms that can reflect whether the first UE is allowed to provide the relay service for all the second UEs.
  • the above-mentioned first UE is a remote UE
  • the first network element sends the first information according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE, including: the relay service subscription information of the first UE Change from including the identification information of the relay UE to which the first UE is allowed to accept the relay service and the identification information of the relay UE to include the identification information of the second UE to not include the relay UE to which the first UE is allowed to accept the relay service
  • the first network element sends the first information; or, when the first UE’s relay service subscription information in the first UE’s relay service subscription information includes the second UE’s identity
  • the first network element sends the first information; or, when the first network element determines that the first UE is allowed to accept the second UE according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE
  • the first network element sends first information according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE
  • the specific form of the relay service subscription information of the first UE is not limited.
  • the relay service subscription information of the first UE may include the identification information of the relay UE to which the first UE is allowed to accept the relay service.
  • the relay service subscription information of the first UE may include identification information of whether the first UE is allowed to accept the relay service provided by the second UE.
  • the relay service subscription information of the first UE may also be expressed in other forms that can reflect whether the first UE is allowed to accept the relay service provided by the second UE.
  • the foregoing first information includes identification information of the second UE.
  • the first network element sending the first information includes: a session management function (session management function, SMF) network of the first network element to the access network device, the first UE, or the first UE Yuan sends the first message.
  • SMF session management function
  • This application supports the completion of the release of the relay connection corresponding to the first UE through the access network equipment, the first UE or the SMF network element of the first UE, or the relay corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE The release of the connection.
  • the foregoing first network element is an access and mobility management function (AMF) network element or a policy control function (PCF) network element.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • PCF policy control function
  • This application supports the AMF network element or the PCF network element instructing to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE, or to release the relay corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE connect.
  • the foregoing first information includes a relay connection release cause value
  • the relay connection release cause value is used to characterize the cause of the relay connection release.
  • the reason for the foregoing relay connection release includes: a change in the relay service subscription information of the first UE.
  • a method for releasing a relay connection includes: an access network device receives second information for releasing a relay connection corresponding to a first UE; and the access network device releases the second information according to the second information.
  • the access network device releases the relay connection corresponding to the first UE according to the received second information used to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE.
  • the second information may be sent by the first network element to the receiver when it determines that the subscription or authorization information of the remote UE and/or the relay UE has changed according to the service subscription information of the remote UE and/or the relay UE.
  • the above-mentioned second information is the first relay service authorization revocation information or the first relay connection release information; the first relay service authorization revocation information is used to instruct to revoke the authorization of the first UE as a relay UE or remote UE; the first relay connection release information is used to instruct to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE.
  • This application supports the network element to instruct the access network device to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE through the first relay service authorization cancellation information or the first relay connection release information.
  • the above-mentioned access network device receiving the second information includes: the access network device receives the second information from the first network element, and the first network element is the PCF network element of the first UE or the first network element.
  • the AMF network element of the UE; or, the access network device receives the second information from the first UE.
  • This application supports the access network device to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE according to the second information from the first network element, the PCF network element of the first UE, the AMF network element of the first UE, or the first UE.
  • the foregoing first UE is a relay UE
  • the access network device releases the relay connection corresponding to the first UE according to the second information, including: the access network device releases the first UE according to the second information.
  • the relay connection corresponding to the first UE may include communication resources used for the relay connection between the first UE and the access network device.
  • the above-mentioned access network device releases the relay connection corresponding to the first UE according to the second information, and further includes: the access network device releases the connection between the first UE and the remote UE according to the second information Communication resources used for relay connections.
  • the relay connection corresponding to the first UE may also include communication resources used for the relay connection between the relay UE and the remote UE.
  • the foregoing first UE is a remote UE
  • the access network device releases the relay connection corresponding to the first UE according to the second information, including: the access network device releases the following resources according to the second information At least one of: communication resources used by the access network device for the relay connection; communication resources used for the relay connection between the first UE and the relay UE.
  • the relay connection corresponding to the remote UE may include communication resources used by the access network device for the relay connection and/or communication resources used for the relay connection between the remote UE and the relay UE.
  • the foregoing second information includes a relay connection release cause value, and the relay connection release cause value is used to characterize the cause of the relay connection release; where the relay connection release cause includes: the first UE The contract information of the relay service has changed.
  • a method for releasing a relay connection includes: a first UE receiving second information for releasing a relay connection corresponding to a relay service between the first UE and the second UE; The UE releases the above-mentioned relay connection according to the second information.
  • the first UE releases the first UE and the second UE according to the received second information for releasing the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the second information may be sent by the first network element to the first network element when it determines that the subscription or authorization information of the remote UE and/or the relay UE has changed according to the service subscription information of the remote UE and/or the relay UE.
  • the first UE receiving the second information includes: the first UE receives the second information from the second network element; where the second network element is the access network device or the AMF of the first UE Network element.
  • This application supports the first UE to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE according to the second information from the access network device or the AMF network element of the first UE.
  • the above-mentioned second information is the second relay service authorization revocation information or the second relay connection release information;
  • the second relay service authorization revocation information is used to indicate that the first UE is second
  • the UE provides the relay service, or the authorization of the first UE to accept the relay service provided by the second UE is revoked;
  • the second relay connection release information is used to indicate the release of the relay corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE connect.
  • This application supports the first UE to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE according to the second relay service authorization cancellation information or the second relay connection release information.
  • the foregoing first UE is a relay UE
  • the second UE is a remote UE that accepts the first UE to provide a relay service
  • the first UE releases the relay connection according to the second information, including: According to the second information, the first UE sends to the access network device third information for releasing the communication resources used for the relay connection between the first UE and the access network device; or, according to the second information, the first UE Sending to the AMF network element of the first UE the fourth information used to delete the context of the second UE in the protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session in which the first UE provides the relay service.
  • This application supports the relay UE requesting the access network device or the AMF network element of the relay UE to delete the context of the remote UE in the PDU session in which the relay UE provides the relay service according to the second information.
  • the above-mentioned first UE is a remote UE
  • the second UE is a relay UE that provides a relay service for the first UE
  • the first UE releases the relay connection according to the second information, including:
  • the first UE sends to the access network device fifth information for releasing the communication resource used by the access network device for the relay connection.
  • This application supports the remote UE requesting the access network device to release the communication resources used by the access network device for the relay connection according to the second information.
  • the above method further includes: the first UE sends to the second UE a sixth communication resource used for the relay connection between the first UE and the second UE according to the second information. information.
  • This application also supports the remote UE requesting the relay UE to release the communication resources used for the relay connection between the first UE and the second UE, or the relay UE instructing the remote UE to release the communication resource between the first UE and the second UE. Communication resources used for relay connections.
  • the foregoing second information includes identification information of the second UE.
  • the foregoing second information includes a relay connection release cause value, and the relay connection release cause value is used to characterize the cause of the relay connection release; where the relay connection release cause includes: the first UE The contract information of the relay service has changed.
  • a method for releasing a relay connection includes: an access network device receives second information for releasing a relay connection corresponding to a relay service between a first UE and a second UE; The network access device releases the above-mentioned relay connection according to the second information.
  • the access network device releases the first UE and the second UE according to the received second information for releasing the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the second information may be sent by the first network element to the receiver when it determines that the subscription or authorization information of the remote UE and/or the relay UE has changed according to the service subscription information of the remote UE and/or the relay UE.
  • the above-mentioned second information is the second relay service authorization revocation information or the second relay connection release information;
  • the second relay service authorization revocation information is used to indicate that the first UE is second
  • the UE provides the relay service, or the authorization of the first UE to accept the relay service provided by the second UE is revoked;
  • the second relay connection release information is used to indicate the release of the relay corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE connect.
  • This application supports the first UE to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE according to the second relay service authorization cancellation information or the second relay connection release information.
  • the above-mentioned access network device receiving the second information includes: the access network device receives the second information from the first network element, and the first network element is the PCF network element of the first UE or the first network element.
  • the AMF network element of the UE; or, the access network device receives the second information from the first UE or the second UE.
  • This application supports the access network device to release the relationship between the first UE and the second UE according to the second information from the first network element, the PCF network element of the first UE, the AMF network element of the first UE, the first UE or the second UE.
  • the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between.
  • the foregoing first UE is a relay UE
  • the access network device releases the relay connection according to the second information, including: the access network device releases at least one of the following resources according to the second information Type: communication resources used for the relay connection between the first UE and the access network device; communication resources used for the relay connection between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE may include communication resources used for the relay connection between the relay UE and the access network device and/or the remote UE and The communication resource used for the relay connection between the relay UEs.
  • the foregoing first UE is a remote UE
  • the access network device releases the relay connection according to the second information, including: the access network device releases at least one of the following resources according to the second information Type: communication resources used by the access network equipment for the relay connection; communication resources used for the relay connection between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE may include communication resources used by the access network device for the relay connection and/or between the remote UE and the relay UE. The communication resource of the relay connection.
  • the foregoing second information includes a relay connection release cause value, and the relay connection release cause value is used to characterize the cause of the relay connection release; where the relay connection release cause includes: the first UE The contract information of the relay service has changed.
  • a method for releasing a relay connection includes: a first UE receives second information for releasing a relay connection corresponding to the first UE; and the first UE releases the first UE according to the second information Corresponding relay connection.
  • the first UE releases the relay connection corresponding to the first UE according to the received second information for releasing the relay connection corresponding to the first UE.
  • the second information may be sent by the first network element to the first network element when it determines that the subscription or authorization information of the remote UE and/or the relay UE has changed according to the service subscription information of the remote UE and/or the relay UE.
  • the first UE receiving the second information includes: the first UE receives the second information from the second network element; where the second network element is the access network device or the AMF of the first UE Network element.
  • This application supports the first UE to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE according to the second information from the access network device or the AMF network element of the first UE.
  • the above-mentioned second information is the first relay service authorization revocation information or the first relay connection release information; the first relay service authorization revocation information is used to instruct to revoke the authorization of the first UE as a relay UE or remote UE; the first relay connection release information is used to instruct to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE.
  • This application supports the network element to instruct the access network device to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE through the first relay service authorization cancellation information or the first relay connection release information.
  • the above-mentioned first UE is a relay UE, and the first UE releases the relay connection corresponding to the first UE according to the second information, including: the first UE sends the relay connection to the access network according to the second information
  • the device sends third information for releasing the communication resources used for the relay connection between the first UE and the access network device; or, according to the second information, the first UE sends to the AMF network element of the first UE for Release the fourth information of the PDU session used by the first UE to provide the relay service.
  • This application supports the relay UE requesting the access network device to release the communication resources used for the relay connection between the first UE and the access network device according to the second information, or requesting the AMF network element of the relay UE to release the first
  • the UE is used to provide the PDU session of the relay service.
  • the above-mentioned first UE is a remote UE, and the first UE releases the relay connection corresponding to the first UE according to the second information, including: the first UE sends the relay connection to the access network according to the second information
  • the device sends fifth information used to release the communication resource used by the access network device for the relay connection.
  • This application supports the remote UE requesting the access network device to release the communication resources used by the access network device for the relay connection according to the second information.
  • the foregoing second information includes a relay connection release cause value, and the relay connection release cause value is used to characterize the cause of the relay connection release; where the relay connection release cause includes: the first UE The contract information of the relay service has changed.
  • a first network element in a sixth aspect, includes: an information acquiring unit, configured to acquire relay service subscription information of a first UE; and a processing unit, configured to subscribe according to the relay service subscription of the first UE Information, the first information is sent through the transceiver unit; where the first information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE, or release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the first network element can indicate in time when it determines that the subscription or authorization information of the remote UE and/or the relay UE has changed according to the service subscription information of the remote UE and/or the relay UE Release the relay connection corresponding to the remote UE or the relay UE, or release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the remote UE and the relay UE.
  • the network side can improve the accuracy of the relay connection management and control and the accuracy of charging.
  • the first information when the first information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE, the first information is the first relay service authorization revocation information or the first relay connection release information;
  • the subsequent service authorization revocation information is used to indicate the revocation of the authorization of the first UE as a relay UE or a remote UE;
  • the first relay connection release information is used to indicate the release of the relay connection corresponding to the first UE.
  • This application supports the first network element to indicate the release of the relay connection corresponding to the first UE through the first relay service authorization cancellation information or the first relay connection release information.
  • the foregoing first UE is a relay UE
  • the processing unit sends the first information through the transceiver unit according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE, including: When the information changes from including the identification information of the remote UE to which the first UE is allowed to provide the relay service to excluding the identification information of the remote UE to which the first UE is allowed to provide the relay service, the processing unit sends the first information through the transceiver unit Or, when the processing unit determines according to the relay service subscription information that the first UE is changed from being allowed to provide the relay service for the remote UE to not being allowed to provide the relay service for the remote UE, the first information is sent through the transceiver unit to send the first message One information.
  • the first information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE.
  • the specific form of the relay service subscription information of the first UE is not limited.
  • the relay service subscription information of the first UE may include the identification information of the remote UE that the first UE is allowed to provide the relay service.
  • the relay service subscription information of the first UE may also be expressed in other forms that can reflect whether the first UE is allowed to provide the relay service for the remote UE.
  • the foregoing first UE is a remote UE
  • the processing unit sends the first information through the transceiver unit according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE, including: When the information changes from including the identification information of the relay UE to which the first UE is allowed to receive the relay service to not include the identification information of the relay UE to which the first UE is allowed to receive the relay service, the processing unit sends the first information through the transceiver unit Or, when the processing unit determines that the first UE is changed from being allowed to accept the relay service to not being allowed to accept the relay service according to the relay service subscription information, the first information is sent through the transceiver unit. The first information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE.
  • the specific form of the relay service subscription information of the first UE is not limited.
  • the relay service subscription information of the first UE may include identification information of a relay UE that the UE is allowed to accept the relay service.
  • the relay service subscription information of the first UE may also be expressed in other forms that can reflect whether the first UE is allowed to receive the relay service.
  • the first information when the first information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE, the first information is the second relay service authorization revocation information or the first 2.
  • Relay connection release information wherein, the second relay service authorization revocation information is used to indicate the revocation of the authorization of the first UE to provide the relay service for the second UE, or the revocation of the authorization of the first UE to accept the relay service provided by the second UE;
  • the second relay connection release information is used to indicate to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE.
  • This application supports the first network to indicate the release of the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE through the second relay service authorization revocation information or the second relay connection release information.
  • the foregoing first UE is a relay UE
  • the processing unit sends the first information through the transceiver unit according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE, including: The information is changed from including the identification information of the remote UE to which the first UE is allowed to provide the relay service and the identification information of the remote UE to include the identification information of the second UE to not including the remote end to which the first UE is allowed to provide the relay service
  • the processing unit sends the first information through the transceiver unit; or, in the relay service subscription information of the first UE, the identification information of the remote UE for which the first UE is allowed to provide the relay service is changed from including the identification information of the second UE.
  • the processing unit sends the first information through the transceiver unit; or, when the processing unit determines that the first UE is allowed to be the first UE according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE 2.
  • the first information is sent through the transceiver unit; wherein the first information is used to release the relay service between the first UE and the second UE Corresponding relay connection.
  • the specific form of the relay service subscription information of the first UE is not limited.
  • the relay service subscription information of the first UE may include the identification information of the remote UE that the first UE is allowed to provide the relay service.
  • the relay service subscription information of the first UE may include identification information of whether the first UE is allowed to provide the relay service for the second UE.
  • the relay service subscription information of the first UE may also be expressed in other forms that can reflect whether the first UE is allowed to provide the relay service for all the second UEs.
  • the foregoing first UE is a remote UE
  • the processing unit sends the first information through the transceiver unit according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE, including: The information is changed from including the identification information of the relay UE to which the first UE is allowed to accept the relay service and the identification information of the relay UE to include the identification information of the second UE to not include the relay to which the first UE is allowed to accept the relay service
  • the processing unit sends the first information through the transceiver unit; or, when the identification information of the relay UE that the first UE is allowed to accept the relay service in the relay service subscription information of the first UE is selected from the second UE
  • the identification information of the second UE is changed to not include the identification information of the second UE
  • the first network element sends the first information; or, when the processing unit determines, according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE, that the first UE is not allowed to accept the second UE
  • the specific form of the relay service subscription information of the first UE is not limited.
  • the relay service subscription information of the first UE may include the identification information of the relay UE to which the first UE is allowed to accept the relay service.
  • the relay service subscription information of the first UE may include identification information of whether the first UE is allowed to accept the relay service provided by the second UE.
  • the relay service subscription information of the first UE may also be expressed in other forms that can reflect whether the first UE is allowed to accept the relay service provided by the second UE.
  • the foregoing first information includes identification information of the second UE.
  • the foregoing processing unit sending the first information through the transceiver unit includes: the processing unit sends the first information to the access network device, the first UE, or the SMF network element of the first UE through the transceiver unit.
  • This application supports the completion of the release of the relay connection corresponding to the first UE through the access network equipment, the first UE or the SMF network element of the first UE, or the relay corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE The release of the connection.
  • the above-mentioned first network element is an AMF network element or a PCF network element.
  • This application supports the AMF network element or the PCF network element instructing to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE, or to release the relay corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE connect.
  • the foregoing first information includes a relay connection release cause value
  • the relay connection release cause value is used to characterize the cause of the relay connection release.
  • the reason for the foregoing relay connection release includes: a change in the relay service subscription information of the first UE.
  • an access network device in a seventh aspect, includes: a transceiving unit, configured to receive second information used to release a relay connection corresponding to a first UE; and a processing unit, configured based on the second information To release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE.
  • the access network device releases the relay connection corresponding to the first UE according to the received second information for releasing the relay connection corresponding to the first UE.
  • the second information may be sent by the first network element to the receiver when it determines that the subscription or authorization information of the remote UE and/or the relay UE has changed according to the service subscription information of the remote UE and/or the relay UE.
  • the above-mentioned second information is the first relay service authorization revocation information or the first relay connection release information; the first relay service authorization revocation information is used to instruct to revoke the authorization of the first UE as a relay UE or remote UE; the first relay connection release information is used to instruct to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE.
  • This application supports the network element to instruct the access network device to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE through the first relay service authorization cancellation information or the first relay connection release information.
  • the foregoing transceiver unit receiving the second information includes: the transceiver unit receives the second information from a first network element, and the first network element is the PCF network element of the first UE or the AMF network element of the first UE. Yuan; or, the access network device receives the second information from the first UE.
  • This application supports the access network device to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE according to the second information from the first network element, the PCF network element of the first UE, the AMF network element of the first UE, or the first UE.
  • the foregoing first UE is a relay UE
  • the processing unit releases the relay connection corresponding to the first UE according to the second information, including: the processing unit releases the first UE and accesses according to the second information
  • Communication resources used for relay connections between network devices including: the processing unit releases the first UE and accesses according to the second information
  • the relay connection corresponding to the first UE may include communication resources used for the relay connection between the first UE and the access network device.
  • the foregoing processing unit releases the relay connection corresponding to the first UE according to the second information, and further includes: the processing unit releases the relay connection between the first UE and the remote UE according to the second information.
  • Connected communication resources the relay connection corresponding to the first UE may also include communication resources used for the relay connection between the relay UE and the remote UE.
  • the foregoing first UE is a remote UE
  • the processing unit releases the relay connection corresponding to the first UE according to the second information, including: the processing unit releases at least one of the following resources according to the second information Type: communication resources used by the access network device for the relay connection; communication resources used for the relay connection between the first UE and the relay UE.
  • the relay connection corresponding to the remote UE may include communication resources used by the access network device for the relay connection and/or communication resources used for the relay connection between the remote UE and the relay UE.
  • the foregoing second information includes a relay connection release cause value, and the relay connection release cause value is used to characterize the cause of the relay connection release; where the relay connection release cause includes: the first UE The contract information of the relay service has changed.
  • a first UE includes: a transceiver unit configured to receive second information for releasing a relay connection corresponding to a relay service between the first UE and the second UE; processing The unit is used to release the above-mentioned relay connection according to the second information.
  • the first UE releases the first UE and the second UE according to the received second information for releasing the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the second information may be sent by the first network element to the first network element when it determines that the subscription or authorization information of the remote UE and/or the relay UE has changed according to the service subscription information of the remote UE and/or the relay UE.
  • the foregoing transceiver unit receiving the second information includes: the transceiver unit receives the second information from a second network element; where the second network element is an access network device or an AMF network element of the first UE .
  • This application supports the first UE to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE according to the second information from the access network device or the AMF network element of the first UE.
  • the above-mentioned second information is the second relay service authorization revocation information or the second relay connection release information;
  • the second relay service authorization revocation information is used to indicate that the first UE is second
  • the UE provides the relay service, or the authorization of the first UE to accept the relay service provided by the second UE is revoked;
  • the second relay connection release information is used to indicate the release of the relay corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE connect.
  • This application supports the first UE to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE according to the second relay service authorization cancellation information or the second relay connection release information.
  • the first UE is a relay UE
  • the second UE is a remote UE that accepts the relay service provided by the first UE
  • the processing unit releases the relay connection according to the second information, including: processing The unit sends third information for releasing the communication resource for the relay connection between the first UE and the access network device to the access network device through the transceiver unit according to the second information; or the processing unit according to the second information,
  • the fourth information for deleting the context of the second UE in the PDU session in which the first UE provides the relay service is sent to the AMF network element of the first UE through the transceiver unit.
  • This application supports the relay UE requesting the access network device or the AMF network element of the relay UE to delete the context of the remote UE in the PDU session in which the relay UE provides the relay service according to the second information.
  • the foregoing first UE is a remote UE
  • the second UE is a relay UE that provides a relay service for the first UE
  • the processing unit releases the relay connection according to the second information, including: processing According to the second information, the unit sends fifth information for releasing the communication resource used by the access network device for the relay connection to the access network device through the transceiver unit.
  • This application supports the remote UE requesting the access network device to release the communication resources used by the access network device for the relay connection according to the second information.
  • the foregoing processing unit is further configured to, according to the second information, send to the second UE through the transceiver unit a message for releasing communication resources for the relay connection between the first UE and the second UE.
  • Sixth information This application also supports the remote UE requesting the relay UE to release the communication resources used for the relay connection between the first UE and the second UE, or the relay UE instructing the remote UE to release the communication resource between the first UE and the second UE. Communication resources used for relay connections.
  • the foregoing second information includes identification information of the second UE.
  • the foregoing second information includes a relay connection release cause value, and the relay connection release cause value is used to characterize the cause of the relay connection release; where the relay connection release cause includes: the first UE The contract information of the relay service has changed.
  • an access network device includes: a transceiving unit configured to receive second information for releasing a relay connection corresponding to a relay service between a first UE and a second UE ;
  • the processing unit is configured to release the above-mentioned relay connection according to the second information.
  • the access network device releases the first UE and the second UE according to the received second information for releasing the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the second information may be sent by the first network element to the receiver when it determines that the subscription or authorization information of the remote UE and/or the relay UE has changed according to the service subscription information of the remote UE and/or the relay UE.
  • the above-mentioned second information is the second relay service authorization revocation information or the second relay connection release information;
  • the second relay service authorization revocation information is used to indicate that the first UE is second
  • the UE provides the relay service, or the authorization of the first UE to accept the relay service provided by the second UE is revoked;
  • the second relay connection release information is used to indicate the release of the relay corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE connect.
  • This application supports the first UE to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE according to the second relay service authorization cancellation information or the second relay connection release information.
  • the foregoing transceiver unit receiving the second information includes: the transceiver unit receives the second information from a first network element, and the first network element is the PCF network element of the first UE or the AMF network element of the first UE. Element; or, the access network device receives the second information from the first UE or the second UE.
  • This application supports the access network device to release the relationship between the first UE and the second UE according to the second information from the first network element, the PCF network element of the first UE, the AMF network element of the first UE, the first UE or the second UE.
  • the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between.
  • the foregoing first UE is a relay UE
  • the processing unit releases the relay connection according to the second information, including: the processing unit releases at least one of the following resources according to the second information:
  • the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE may include communication resources used for the relay connection between the relay UE and the access network device and/or the remote UE and The communication resource used for the relay connection between the relay UEs.
  • the foregoing first UE is a remote UE
  • the processing unit releases the relay connection according to the second information, including: the processing unit releases at least one of the following resources according to the second information: access The communication resource used by the network equipment for the relay connection; the communication resource used for the relay connection between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE may include communication resources used by the access network device for the relay connection and/or between the remote UE and the relay UE. The communication resource of the relay connection.
  • the foregoing second information includes a relay connection release cause value, and the relay connection release cause value is used to characterize the cause of the relay connection release; where the relay connection release cause includes: the first UE The contract information of the relay service has changed.
  • a first UE in a tenth aspect, includes: a transceiving unit, configured to receive second information used to release a relay connection corresponding to the first UE; and a processing unit, configured to release according to the second information Relay connection corresponding to the first UE.
  • the first UE releases the relay connection corresponding to the first UE according to the received second information for releasing the relay connection corresponding to the first UE.
  • the second information may be sent by the first network element to the first network element when it determines that the subscription or authorization information of the remote UE and/or the relay UE has changed according to the service subscription information of the remote UE and/or the relay UE.
  • the foregoing transceiver unit receiving the second information includes: the transceiver unit receives the second information from a second network element; where the second network element is an access network device or an AMF network element of the first UE .
  • This application supports the first UE to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE according to the second information from the access network device or the AMF network element of the first UE.
  • the above-mentioned second information is the first relay service authorization revocation information or the first relay connection release information; the first relay service authorization revocation information is used to instruct to revoke the authorization of the first UE as a relay UE or remote UE; the first relay connection release information is used to instruct to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE.
  • This application supports the network element to instruct the access network device to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE through the first relay service authorization cancellation information or the first relay connection release information.
  • the foregoing first UE is a relay UE
  • the processing unit releases the relay connection corresponding to the first UE according to the second information.
  • the processing unit releases the relay connection corresponding to the first UE according to the second information.
  • the network device sends the third information used to release the communication resource used for the relay connection between the first UE and the access network device; or, according to the second information, the processing unit sends to the AMF network element of the first UE through the transceiver unit
  • the fourth information used to release the PDU session used by the first UE to provide the relay service is sent.
  • This application supports the relay UE requesting the access network device to release the communication resources used for the relay connection between the first UE and the access network device according to the second information, or requesting the AMF network element of the relay UE to release the first
  • the UE is used to provide the PDU session of the relay service.
  • the foregoing first UE is a remote UE
  • the processing unit releases the relay connection corresponding to the first UE according to the second information.
  • the processing unit releases the relay connection corresponding to the first UE according to the second information.
  • the network device sends fifth information used to release the communication resource used by the access network device for the relay connection.
  • This application supports the remote UE requesting the access network device to release the communication resources used by the access network device for the relay connection according to the second information.
  • the foregoing second information includes a relay connection release cause value, and the relay connection release cause value is used to characterize the cause of the relay connection release; where the relay connection release cause includes: the first UE The contract information of the relay service has changed.
  • a first network element includes: a memory, configured to store a computer program; a processor, configured to execute the foregoing computer program to implement any possible implementation manner of the first aspect In the method.
  • an access network device in a twelfth aspect, includes: a memory, configured to store a computer program; a processor, configured to execute the foregoing computer program to implement any one of the second aspect or the fourth aspect Methods in possible implementations.
  • a first UE in a thirteenth aspect, includes: a memory, configured to store a computer program; The method in the implementation mode.
  • a communication system in a fourteenth aspect, includes the first network element in any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect or the eleventh aspect; and the seventh aspect, the ninth aspect, or the first network element.
  • the access network device in any possible implementation manner of the twelfth aspect, and the first UE in any possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the tenth aspect, or the thirteenth aspect.
  • the communication system further includes one or more of the following: PCF network elements, unified data management (unified data management, UDM)/unified data repository (unified data repository, UDR) network elements, SMF network element or AMF network element.
  • PCF network elements unified data management (unified data management, UDM)/unified data repository (unified data repository, UDR) network elements
  • SMF network element or AMF network element.
  • a method for releasing a relay connection includes: a first relay UE receives seventh information for releasing a first PDU session, and the first PDU session is used for the first relay UE to remotely The end UE provides a relay service; the first relay UE releases the relay connection corresponding to the first PDU session according to the seventh information, and the relay connection is used for the first relay UE to communicate with the aforementioned remote UE.
  • the first relay UE receives the seventh information for releasing the first PDU session, and releases the relay connection corresponding to the first PDU session according to the seventh information.
  • the release of the PDU session triggers the release of the corresponding relay connection, so that the communication resources between the first relay UE and the remote UE can be released in time, and resource utilization is improved.
  • the first relay UE receiving the seventh information includes: the first relay UE receives the seventh information from the second network element; where the second network element corresponds to the first relay UE The AMF network element or the PCF network element corresponding to the first relay UE or the SMF network element corresponding to the first relay UE.
  • This application supports the first relay UE to release the relay connection corresponding to the first PDU session according to the seventh information from the AMF network element or PCF network element or SMF network element of the first relay UE.
  • the above-mentioned first relay UE releasing the relay connection corresponding to the first PDU session according to the seventh information includes: the first relay UE determines the relay connection according to the seventh information; The relay UE releases the relay connection.
  • the foregoing relay connection includes a relay connection between a first relay UE and a first remote UE
  • the first relay UE releasing the foregoing relay connection includes: a first relay UE Sending to the first remote UE eighth information for releasing the relay connection between the first relay UE and the first remote UE.
  • the above-mentioned eighth information includes a relay connection release cause value, and the relay connection release cause value is used to characterize the release cause of the relay connection; wherein the release cause of the relay connection includes: the first PDU The session is released.
  • a first relay UE includes: a transceiver unit configured to receive seventh information for releasing a first PDU session, the first PDU session being used for the first relay The UE provides a relay service to the remote UE; the processing unit is configured to release the relay connection corresponding to the first PDU session according to the seventh information, and the relay connection is used for the first relay UE to communicate with the above-mentioned remote UE.
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: receive the seventh information from the second network element; where the second network element is the AMF network element corresponding to the first relay UE or the first relay UE corresponds to The PCF network element or the SMF network element corresponding to the first relay UE.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: determine the relay connection according to the seventh information; and the first relay UE to release the relay connection.
  • the above-mentioned relay connection includes a relay connection between the first relay UE and the first remote UE, and the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: send to the first remote UE to release the first remote UE.
  • the above-mentioned eighth information includes a relay connection release cause value, and the relay connection release cause value is used to characterize the release cause of the relay connection; wherein the release cause of the relay connection includes: the first PDU The session is released.
  • a first relay UE includes: a memory, configured to store a computer program; and a processor, configured to execute the foregoing computer program, so as to realize any possibility of the fifteenth aspect The method in the implementation mode.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided with computer program code stored on the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program code is executed by a processor, the first to fifth aspects and the fifteenth aspect are implemented.
  • the method in any possible implementation of any aspect.
  • a chip system in a nineteenth aspect, includes a processor and a memory, and computer program code is stored in the memory; when the computer program code is executed by the processor, the first aspect to the fifth aspect are implemented A method in any possible implementation manner of any aspect of the fifteenth aspect.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.
  • a computer program product which when running on a computer, enables the implementation of the method in any one of the possible implementation manners of the first to fifth aspects and the fifteenth aspect .
  • any communication device, chip, computer readable medium, computer program product, or communication system provided above is used to execute the corresponding method provided above, and therefore, the beneficial effects that can be achieved can be Refer to the beneficial effects in the corresponding method, which will not be repeated here.
  • Figure 1 is an example diagram of a 5G communication system architecture
  • Figure 2A is a diagram of a communication network architecture
  • Figure 2B is a schematic diagram of a communication scenario
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a UE provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a network device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram of two examples of accessing the network with a remote UE through a relay UE provided by an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a method for releasing a relay connection provided by an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a method of authorization method one provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 8 is a method flowchart of a second authorization method provided by an application embodiment
  • FIG. 9 is a method flowchart of a third authorization method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10 is a method flowchart of a fourth authorization method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a first interaction diagram of a method for releasing a relay connection provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12A is a second interaction diagram of a method for releasing a relay connection provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12B is a third interaction diagram of a method for releasing a relay connection provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 13 is a fourth interaction diagram of a method for releasing a relay connection provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 14 is a fifth interaction diagram of a method for releasing a relay connection provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • 15 is a sixth interaction diagram of a method for releasing a relay connection provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 16 is a structural block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 17 is a structural block diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 18 is an interactive diagram 7 of the method for releasing a relay connection provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • NB-IoT narrowband-internet of things
  • WLAN wireless local access network
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G fifth generation of mobile networks
  • 6G device-to-device
  • D2D device-to-device
  • FIG. 2A shows a communication network architecture diagram.
  • FIG. 2A uses the network service architecture of the 5G system as an example to show the interaction relationship between network functions and entities and the corresponding interfaces.
  • the network architecture is a service-based architecture (SBA).
  • the 5G system includes: UE, access network (AN) or radio access network (RAN), user plane function (UPF) network elements, data network ( data network, DN), AMF network element, SMF network element, authentication server function (AUSF) network element, PCF network element, application function (AF), network slice selection function (network slice selection function, NSSF) network element, UDM network element, network exposure function (NEF) network element, and network storage function (network repository function, NRF) network element.
  • UPF network elements, AMF network elements, SMF network elements, PCF network elements, AUSF network elements, UDM network elements, NSSF network elements, and NRF network elements are all core network equipment.
  • a relay device is a device that can provide a remote UE with access to a cellular network, and can be a relay station or a UE.
  • the UE acts as a relay device for the remote UE, the UE supports PC5 interface communication.
  • the relay device may be called a "relay UE", which indicates that the relay device is located within the coverage of the mobile network.
  • the relay device can normally access the access network of the 5G system.
  • the remote UE is connected to AN/RAN equipment and core network equipment through a relay UE.
  • the interface between the remote UE and the relay UE is the PC5 interface
  • the interface between the relay UE and the AN/RAN device is the Uu interface
  • the interface between the remote UE/relay UE and the AMF network element is N1 Interface
  • the interface between AN/RAN equipment and AMF network element is N2 interface
  • the interface between AN/RAN equipment and UPF network element is N3 interface
  • the interface between SMF network element and UPF network element is N4 interface
  • UPF The interface between the network elements is the N6 interface
  • Namf is the service-based interface displayed by the AMF network element
  • Nsmf is the service-based interface displayed by the SMF network element
  • Nausf is the service-based interface displayed by the AUSF network element
  • Nnssf is The service-based interface displayed by the NSSF network element
  • Nnef is the service-based interface displayed by the NEF network element
  • AN/RAN can be composed of AN/RAN equipment.
  • AN/RAN equipment can be various forms of base stations, such as macro base stations, micro base stations (also called “small stations"), distributed unit-control units (DU-CU), etc., among which, DU -CU is a device that is deployed in a wireless access network and can communicate with UE wirelessly.
  • the above-mentioned base station may also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, or a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, or a public land mobile network (public land mobile network) that will evolve in the future.
  • land mobile network, PLMN public land mobile network
  • the AN/RAN equipment may also be a broadband network service gateway (broadband network gateway, BNG), aggregation switch, non-3GPP access equipment, and so on.
  • BNG broadband network gateway
  • AN/RAN equipment is mainly responsible for radio resource management on the air interface side, uplink and downlink data classification, quality of service (QoS) management, data compression and encryption, and complete signaling processing with control plane network elements or with user plane function network elements Complete functions such as data forwarding.
  • QoS quality of service
  • the embodiment of this application does not limit the specific form and structure of the AN/RAN device.
  • the names of devices with base station functions may be different.
  • the base station can be an evolved universal terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN) equipment in LTE, such as an evolved NodeB (evolutional NodeB, eNB or e-NodeB), or it can be 5G The next generation radio access network (NG-RAN) equipment (such as gNB) in the system, etc.
  • E-UTRAN evolved universal terrestrial radio access network
  • NG-RAN next generation radio access network
  • AMF network element Mainly responsible for the processing of control plane messages, such as: access control, mobility management, lawful interception, access authentication/authorization, etc.
  • the functions of AMF network elements mainly include: 1) processing the control plane of the access network; 2) processing non-access stratum (NAS) messages, responsible for NAS encryption and integrity protection; 3 ) Registration management; 4) Connection management; 5) Access management; 6) Mobility management; 7) Legal information interception; 8) Provide session management messages between UE and SMF network element; 9) Session management for routing (session management, SM) messages realize transparent transmission, similar to transparent transmission proxy; 10) access authentication; 11) access authorization; 12) forwarding SMS messages (short messages) between the UE and SMSF; 13 ) Interact with the AUSF network element and the UE to obtain the UE authentication intermediate key; 14) Calculate the specific key for accessing the network.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • SMF network element Mainly used for session management, UE's Internet Protocol (IP) address allocation and management, selection of end points that can manage user plane functions, policy control and charging function interfaces, downlink data notifications, etc.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the main functions of SMF network elements are: 1) session management, session establishment, modification and release, including maintenance of the channel between UPF network elements and AN nodes; 2) UE IP address allocation and management; 3) selection and Control user plane functions; 4) Configure correct service routing on UPF network elements; 5) Land execution of policy control functions; 6) Control part of policy execution and QoS; 7) Legal interception; 8) Process session management in NAS messages Part; 9) Downlink data indication; 10) Initiate specific session management information of the access network (routed through AMF network element); 11) Determine the mode of continuity with the service in the session; 12) Roaming function.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • PCF network element Mainly used to provide UE policy rules, access management (AM) policy rules and parameters related to SM policy rules to UE, AMF network elements or SMF network elements respectively, manage user subscription information, and connect to UDM network Yuan to access subscriber information related to policy decisions, etc.
  • PCF network elements generally make strategic decisions based on contract information and so on.
  • AF Used to provide services, mainly used for: 1) Application impact on business routing; 2) Exposure of access network capabilities; 3) Interaction with policy framework for policy management and control.
  • UPF network element Mainly responsible for packet routing and forwarding, quality of service (QoS) control of user plane data, and accounting information statistics.
  • UPF can receive downlink data from AF, and then transmit the downlink data to UE through (R)AN.
  • NEF network element It is mainly used to connect the core network element and the external application server, and provides services such as authentication and data forwarding when the external application server initiates a business request to the core network.
  • UDM network element Mainly used to manage the user's subscription data and authentication data, and perform authentication and credit processing, user identification processing, access authorization, registration/mobility management, subscription management, and short message management.
  • UDM network elements may also include UDR.
  • the 3GPP SBA of the 5G system may also include UDR network elements.
  • UDR network elements are used to provide strategy storage and retrieval for PCF network elements, open structured data storage and retrieval, and user information storage requested by application functions.
  • the UE can access the AN/RAN equipment through the relay UE, that is, the UE accesses the AN/RAN equipment through an indirect communication link.
  • the UE is the "remote UE". If the UE is within the coverage of AN/RAN, the UE can also directly access the AN/RAN equipment, that is, the UE accesses the AN/RAN equipment through a direct communication link.
  • remote UEs can also access AN/RAN equipment through different relay UEs. Therefore, the remote UE can transmit data to the AN/RAN device through the indirect communication link and the direct communication link to realize split transmission and duplication transmission of the data.
  • the advantage of split transmission is to provide a transmission rate, and the advantage of repeated transmission is to improve transmission reliability.
  • UE1 accesses AN/RAN through UE2 and UE3, and at the same time, UE1 also establishes a direct communication link with AN/RAN.
  • UE1 is a remote UE, and UE2 and UE3 are relay UEs.
  • the UE1 can transmit data to the AN/RAN device through two indirect communication links and one direct communication link, such as split transmission and/or duplication transmission.
  • Remote UE/Relay UE It can be desktop devices, laptop devices, handheld devices, wearable devices, smart home devices, computing devices, and vehicle-mounted devices with wireless connection functions.
  • the remote UE/relay UE may also be a wireless device in narrowband (NB) technology.
  • NB narrowband
  • remote UE/relay UE can also refer to access terminal, subscriber unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, relay station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal , Wireless communication equipment, user agent or user device.
  • the terminal device can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), with wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in the future 5G network, or future evolution of the public land mobile network (PLMN) Terminal equipment or terminal equipment in the future Internet of Vehicles, etc.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • the relay UE may also be a wireless access device.
  • the relay UE may be an access device similar to a router deployed by an operator. This application does not limit the specific functions and structures of the remote UE/relay UE.
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a UE.
  • the UE can be a remote UE or a relay UE.
  • the UE may specifically include: a processor 301, a radio frequency circuit 302, a memory 303, a touch screen 304, a Bluetooth device 305, one or more sensors 306, a Wi-Fi device 307, a positioning device 308, an audio circuit 309, Peripheral interface 310, power supply device 311, fingerprint collection device 312, speaker 313, microphone 314 and other components. These components can communicate through one or more communication buses or signal lines (not shown in Figure 3).
  • the hardware structure shown in FIG. 3 does not constitute a limitation on the UE, and the UE may include more or less components than those shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or arrange different components.
  • the processor 301 may be the control center of the UE. It uses various interfaces and lines to connect to other parts of the UE, and executes the UE by running or executing a computer program stored in the memory 303, such as an application client program (hereinafter referred to as App). Various functions.
  • the processor 301 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more for control
  • the processor 301 may include one or more CPUs; for example, the processor 301 may be a Kirin chip.
  • the radio frequency circuit 302 can be used for receiving and transmitting wireless signals.
  • the radio frequency circuit 302 can receive the downlink data of the base station and send it to the processor 301 for processing; in addition, the radio frequency circuit 302 can also send the uplink data to the base station.
  • the radio frequency circuit 302 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like.
  • the radio frequency circuit 302 can also communicate with other devices through wireless communication.
  • the wireless communication can use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications, General Packet Radio Service, Code Division Multiple Access, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, Long Term Evolution, Email, Short Message Service, etc.
  • the memory 303 is used to store computer programs and can also be used to store data.
  • the memory 303 can be a read-only memory (ROM) or a random access memory (RAM), or an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM) , Compact disc (read-only memory, CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital universal discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices , Or any other medium that can be used to carry or store program codes and that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited to this.
  • ROM read-only memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • CD-ROM Compact disc
  • optical disc storage including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital universal discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.
  • magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices Or any other medium that can be used to carry or store program codes and
  • the processor 301 can execute various functions and data processing of the UE by running a computer program stored in the memory 303.
  • the memory 303 may include a program storage area and a data storage area.
  • the storage program area can store the operating system and at least one application program required by the function (such as sound playback function, image playback function, etc.); the storage data area can store data created according to the use of UE (such as audio data, phone book) Wait).
  • the memory 303 may store a computer program for implementing modular functions, and the processor 301 controls the execution.
  • the processor 301 is configured to execute a computer program stored in the memory 303, so as to implement the method provided in the following embodiments of the present application.
  • the memory 303 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as a magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, or other volatile solid-state storage devices.
  • the memory 303 can store various operating systems, for example, an iOS operating system, an Android operating system, and so on.
  • the UE may also include a camera (front camera and/or rear camera), flashlight, micro-projection device, near field communication (NFC) device, etc., which will not be repeated here.
  • a camera front camera and/or rear camera
  • flashlight micro-projection device
  • NFC near field communication
  • the hardware modules included in the UE shown in FIG. 3 are only described as examples, and do not limit the application.
  • the UE (such as a remote UE or a relay UE) provided in the embodiments of the present application may also include other hardware modules that have an interactive relationship with the hardware modules illustrated in the figure, which is not specifically limited here.
  • the AN/RAN device in this application may be a base station.
  • the base station may be an Ng-eNB, a gNB, or a transmission/reception point (trasmission/reception point, TRP). It can also be a base station defined by 3GPP. For example, eNB or e-NodeB, etc.
  • the eNB when the eNB accesses the NR core network or next generation core network (NGC) or 5G core network (5th generation core network, 5GC), the eNB may also be referred to as eLTE eNB.
  • the eLTE eNB is an evolved LTE base station equipment based on the eNB, and can be directly connected to the 5G CN.
  • the eLTE eNB also belongs to the base station equipment in the NR.
  • the AN/RAN device may also be a wireless terminal (WT).
  • WT wireless terminal
  • access point access point
  • access controller access controller
  • This application does not limit the type of AN/RAN equipment.
  • the network device may be the AN/RAN device in the radio access network shown in FIG. 1, or the AN/RAN device in the AN/RAN shown in FIG. 2A, or the AMF network element shown in FIG. 2A , SMF network element or PCF network element and other core network elements.
  • the network device may include a processor 401, a communication line 402, a memory 403, and at least one communication interface (in FIG. 4, the communication interface 404 is included as an example for illustration).
  • the processor 401 may include one or more processors, where the processor may be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or other Integrated circuits are not restricted.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the communication line 402 may include a path for transmitting information between the aforementioned components.
  • the communication interface 404 is used to communicate with other devices or a communication network.
  • the memory 403 can be ROM or RAM, or EEPROM, CD-ROM, or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, Or it can be used to carry or store the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structure and any other medium that can be accessed by the computer, but is not limited to this.
  • the memory may exist independently, and is connected to the processor through the communication line 402.
  • the memory can also be integrated with the processor.
  • the memory 403 is used to store and execute computer programs.
  • the processor 401 is configured to execute a computer program stored in the memory 403, so as to implement a related network element method provided in any of the following method embodiments of the present application.
  • processor 401 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 4.
  • FIG. 4 is only used as an example of a network device, and does not limit the specific structure of the network device.
  • the network device may also include other functional modules.
  • the method for releasing a relay connection may be applicable to indirect communication based on layer 2 relay (layer 2 based relay or layer 2 evolved relay), and may also be applicable to layer 3 relay (layer 3). Indirect communication based on relay or layer 3 evolved relay) is not restricted.
  • Fig. 5(a) shows a schematic diagram of indirect communication based on layer 2 relay.
  • UE1 and UE4 are used as two remote UEs to access the network through a relay UE, where the relay UE is a layer 2 relay device.
  • UE1 and UE4 respectively establish their own PDU sessions to the network through the relay UE.
  • the data streams of UE1 and UE4 are mapped to a data radio bearer (DRB) of the relay UE on the Uu interface.
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the data bearer of different remote UEs uses an additional adaptation layer (adaptation layer) to identify the information, so that the relay UE and the AN/RAN can distinguish the data of different remote UEs.
  • the data streams of UE1 and UE4 are mapped to different DRBs of the relay UE on the Uu interface, and the relay UE and the AN/RAN use different DRBs to distinguish the data of different remote UEs.
  • Fig. 5(b) shows a schematic diagram of indirect communication based on layer 3 relay.
  • UE1 and UE4 are used as two remote UEs to access the network through relay UEs, where the relay UEs are layer 3 relay devices.
  • UE1 and UE4 respectively establish a PC5 communication link with the relay UE, and the relay UE establishes a PDU session to the network.
  • the data streams of UE1 and UE4 will be transmitted through the PDU session established by the relay UE.
  • the relay UE forwards the uplink and downlink data of UE1 and UE4 according to the IP address.
  • the IP address used by UE1 on the PC5 communication link is IP3, and the IP address corresponding to the PDU session of the relay UE is IP1.
  • IP1 is IPv4
  • the relay UE allocates a specific port number for UE1, that is, relay The UE distinguishes the data of UE1 with IP1 and a specific port number.
  • the relay UE uses IP1 and a specific port number to send the data packet to the network side.
  • the relay UE uses IP3 to send the data packet to UE1 through the PC5 link.
  • An embodiment of the application provides a method for releasing a relay connection.
  • the method updates the relay connection corresponding to the UE in a timely manner based on the change of the UE's relay service subscription information.
  • This method is applicable to both the relay UE and the remote UE. For example, when the relay service subscription information of the relay UE changes from being allowed to provide the relay service to not being allowed to provide the relay service, the relay connection corresponding to the relay UE is released in time. The relay service subscription information of the remote UE is changed from being allowed to accept the relay service to not allowed to accept the relay service, and the relay connection corresponding to the remote UE is released in time.
  • the relay service subscription information of the relay UE changes from being allowed to provide relay services for a certain remote UE to not being allowed to provide relay services for the remote UE, release the relationship between the remote UE and the relay UE in time.
  • FIG. 6 shows a flowchart of a method for releasing a relay connection provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method may be based on the foregoing architecture, and the details are as follows.
  • the first network element obtains the relay service subscription information of the first UE.
  • the first UE may be a remote UE or a relay UE.
  • the first UE is a remote UE, and the first network element obtains the relay service subscription information of the remote UE.
  • the first UE is a relay UE, and the first network element obtains the relay service subscription information of the relay UE.
  • the first UE is a relay UE
  • the relay service subscription information of the first UE may include information used to characterize whether the first UE is allowed to provide relay services (it may be referred to as the first relay).
  • Service permission information indicates that the first UE is allowed to provide the relay service
  • the relay service subscription information of the first UE may also include the information that the first UE is allowed to provide the relay service Identification information of the remote UE, etc.
  • the identification information of the remote UE can be used to identify the remote UE.
  • it can be the international mobile subscriber identification number (IMSI), the globally unique temporary identity (GUTI), and the universal Public user identifier (generic public subscription identifier, GPSI) or application layer identifier, etc.
  • the relay service subscription information of UE2 can be in the form of a list shown in Table 1.
  • UE2 is allowed to provide relay services, and UE2 is allowed to provide relay services to UE1 and UE4.
  • the first UE is a remote UE
  • the relay service subscription information of the first UE may include information used to characterize whether the first UE is allowed to accept the relay service (may be referred to as the second medium). Further service permission information); further, if the second relay service permission information indicates that the first UE is allowed to accept the relay service, then the relay service subscription information of the first UE may also include that the first UE is allowed to accept the relay service The identification information of the relay UE, etc.
  • the identification information of the remote UE can be used to identify the relay UE, for example, it can be IMSI, GUTI, GPSI, or application layer identification.
  • the relay service subscription information of UE1 can be shown in Table 2. Shown in the form of a list:
  • UE1 is allowed to accept the relay service, and UE1 is allowed to accept the relay service provided by UE2 and UE3.
  • Table 1 and Table 2 are only examples of the relay service subscription information of the two first UEs. This application does not limit the specific expression form of the relay service subscription information of the first UE, and does not limit the first UE’s relay service subscription information.
  • the relay service subscription information of the first UE may be stored in the UDM/UDR network element, and the above step S601 may include: the first network element obtains the relay service of the first UE from the UDM/UDR network element Signing information.
  • the first network element may periodically query the UDM/UDR network element whether the relay service subscription information of the first UE has changed, and if it changes, obtain the relay service subscription information of the first UE from the UDM/UDR network element. For another example, when the UDM/UDR network element stores the relay service subscription information of the first UE therein, it actively sends the relay service subscription information of the first UE to the first network element. For another example, the first network element subscribes to the UDM/UDR network element for the first UE’s relay service subscription information event. When the UDM/UDR network element stores the first UE’s relay service subscription information, the UDM/UDR network element changes. The UDR network element sends the relay service subscription information of the first UE to the first network element. This application is not limited.
  • the first network element may be an AMF network element or a PCF network element.
  • the first network element may be an AMF network element that relays the UE or a PCF network element that relays the UE.
  • the first network element may be an AMF network element of the remote UE or a PCF network element of the relay UE.
  • the first network element sends first information according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE.
  • the first information may be used to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE, or release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the first network element may send the first information through an authorization update (Authorization Update) message or an N2 message.
  • authorization Update Authorization Update
  • N2 message an N2 message.
  • the second UE may be a relay UE that provides a relay service for the first UE. If the first UE is a relay UE, the second UE may be a remote UE that accepts the relay service of the first UE.
  • Case 1 The first UE is a relay UE, and the first UE is changed from being allowed to provide a relay service for the remote UE to not being allowed to provide a relay service for the remote UE.
  • the relay service subscription information at the first UE is changed from including the identification information of the remote UE to which the first UE is allowed to provide the relay service to not including the identification information of the remote UE to which the first UE is allowed to provide the relay service.
  • the first network element can determine that the first UE is changed from being allowed to provide relay services for the remote UE to not being allowed to provide relay services for the remote UE according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE, and can determine that the first UE The UE changes from being allowed to provide relay services for remote UEs to not being allowed to provide relay services for remote UEs.
  • the first information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE.
  • the relay connection corresponding to the first UE may include all relay connections corresponding to the first UE. All relay connections corresponding to the first UE may include the relay connection between the first UE and the access network device for the relay service, and the connection between the first UE and all the second UEs that have established relay connections with the first UE. Relay connection between.
  • the first information may be the first relay service authorization revocation information or the first relay connection release information.
  • the first relay service authorization revocation information is used to indicate the revocation of authorization of the first UE as a relay UE.
  • the first relay connection release information is used to instruct to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE.
  • the first network element may send the first relay service authorization revocation information to the first UE through an authorization update message (Authorization Update) to instruct the first UE to The RAN requests to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE.
  • the first network element may send the first relay service authorization revocation information or the first relay connection release information to the second UE through an authorization update message (Authorization Update) to instruct the second UE to request the RAN to release the first UE corresponding Relay connection.
  • Authorization Update authorization update message
  • the first relay service authorization revocation information may be sent to the AMF network element of the first UE through an authorization update message (Authorization Update) to instruct the AMF network element of the first UE to request the SMF network element of the first UE to release the first relay service.
  • Authorization Update an authorization update message
  • PDU session resource used by the UE for the relay service.
  • the first network element when the first network element is the AMF network element of the first UE, the first network element may send the first relay service authorization cancellation information or the first relay connection release information to the RAN through an N2 message to instruct the RAN to release Relay connection corresponding to the first UE.
  • the first network element when the first network element is the AMF network element of the first UE, the first network element may send the first relay service authorization cancellation information or the first relay connection release information to the AMF network element of the second UE to Instruct the AMF network element of the second UE to instruct the RAN to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE.
  • Case 2 The first UE is a relay UE, and the first UE is changed from being allowed to provide the relay service for the second UE to not being allowed to provide the relay service for all the second UEs.
  • the relay service subscription information at the first UE is changed from including the identification information of the remote UE that the first UE is allowed to provide the relay service and the identification information of the remote UE includes the identification information of the second UE to not including the identification information of the second UE.
  • the identification information is changed to not include the identification information of the second UE; or the first network element determines according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE that the first UE is changed from being allowed to provide relay services for the second UE to not being allowed to be the first UE.
  • the second UE provides the relay service, and it can be determined that the first UE is changed from being allowed to provide the relay service for the second UE to not being allowed to provide the relay service for all the second UEs.
  • the first information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the first information may be second relay service authorization revocation information or second relay connection release information.
  • the second relay service authorization revocation information is used to indicate the revocation of authorization for the first UE to provide the relay service for the second UE.
  • the second relay connection release information is used to indicate to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the first network element may send second relay service authorization revocation information to the first UE to instruct the first UE to request the RAN to release the first UE and the second UE. 2. Relay connection corresponding to the relay service between UEs.
  • the first network element may send second relay service authorization revocation information to the AMF network element of the first UE to instruct the AMF network element of the first UE to request the SMF network element of the first UE to delete the relay UE.
  • the first network element may send the second relay service authorization cancellation information or the second relay connection release information to the AMF network element of the second UE to indicate the second The AMF network element of the UE instructs the RAN to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the first network element may send the second relay service authorization revocation information to the first UE to instruct the first UE to request the RAN to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE.
  • Case 3 The first UE is a remote UE, and the first UE changes from being allowed to accept the relay service to not being allowed to accept the relay service.
  • the relay service subscription information at the first UE is changed from including the identification information of the relay UE to which the first UE is allowed to accept the relay service to not include the identification information of the relay UE to which the first UE is allowed to accept the relay service.
  • the first network element determines that the first UE is changed from being allowed to accept the relay service to not being allowed to accept the relay service according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE, and it may be determined that the first UE is allowed to accept the relay from the previous The service is changed to not be allowed to accept relay services.
  • the first information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE.
  • the relay connection corresponding to the first UE includes the relay connection between the first UE and all second UEs that establish relay connections with the first UE, and the communication resources (such as PDUs) used for the relay service of the first UE. Session resources).
  • the first information may be the first relay service authorization revocation information or the first relay connection release information.
  • the first relay service authorization revocation information is used to indicate the revocation of authorization of the first UE as a remote UE.
  • the first relay connection release information is used to instruct to release the relay connection corresponding to the first UE.
  • the first network element when the first network element is the AMF network element of the first UE, the first network element may send the first relay service authorization revocation information or the first relay connection release information to the RAN through the N2 message to instruct the RAN to release the first relay connection.
  • Case 4 The first UE is a remote UE, and the first UE changes from being allowed to accept the relay service provided by the second UE to not being allowed to accept the relay service provided by the second UE.
  • the relay service subscription information at the first UE is changed from including the identification information of the relay UE that the first UE is allowed to accept the relay service, and the identification information of the relay UE includes the identification information of the second UE, to not including the identification information of the second UE.
  • the identification information of the relay UE that the first UE is allowed to accept the relay service; or the identification information of the relay UE that the first UE is allowed to accept the relay service in the relay service subscription information of the first UE is selected from that of the second UE.
  • the identification information is changed to not include the identification information of the second UE; or the first network element determines that the first UE is changed from being allowed to accept the relay service provided by the second UE to not being allowed to accept according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE For the relay service provided by the second UE, it can be determined that the first UE is changed from being previously allowed to accept the relay service provided by the second UE to not allowed to accept the relay service provided by the second UE.
  • the first information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the first information may be second relay service authorization revocation information or second relay connection release information.
  • the second relay service authorization revocation information is used to indicate the revocation of authorization for the first UE to accept the relay service provided by the second UE.
  • the second relay connection release information is used to indicate to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the first network element when the first network element is the AMF network element of the first UE, the first network element may send second relay service authorization revocation information or second relay connection release information to the RAN to instruct the RAN to release the first UE and The relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the second UEs.
  • step S602 may specifically include the following three situations:
  • Case A The first network element sends the first information to the access network device according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE.
  • the access network device receives the first information from the first network element. After receiving the first information, the access network device releases the corresponding relay connection according to the specific information indicated by the first information.
  • the AMF of the first UE sends the first information directly to the access network device; when the first network element is the PCF of the first UE, the PCF of the first UE passes the first The AMF of the UE sends the first information to the access network device.
  • the first UE is a relay UE
  • the first UE is changed from being allowed to provide relay services to remote UEs to not being allowed to provide relay services to remote UEs.
  • the first network element sends the first information to the access network device according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE.
  • the access network device releases the relay connection between the first UE and the access network device according to the first information.
  • the access network device may also release the relay connections corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and all second UEs that have established relay connections with the first UE according to the first information.
  • the access network device releases the relay connection between the first UE and the access network device according to the first information, and sends the second information to the first UE.
  • the relay connection between the first UE and the access network device refers to a connection between the first UE and the access network device for relay data transmission.
  • the second information is used to release relay connections corresponding to relay services between the first UE and all second UEs that have established relay connections with the first UE.
  • the first UE releases the relay connections corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and all the second UEs that have established a relay connection with the first UE according to the second information, while retaining the first UE A connection for direct communication with the second UE.
  • the first UE is a relay UE
  • the first UE is changed from being allowed to provide relay services for the second UE to not allowed to provide relay services for the second UE.
  • the first network element sends the first information to the access network device according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE.
  • the access network device releases at least one of the following resources: the communication resource used by the access network device for the relay connection of the first UE; the communication resource used for the relay connection between the first UE and the second UE Communication resources.
  • the access network device releases the communication resource used by the access network device for the relay connection of the first UE according to the first information, and sends the second information to the first UE.
  • the second information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the first UE releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE according to the second information.
  • the access network device sends second information to the first UE according to the first information.
  • the second information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the first UE releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE according to the second information.
  • the first network element The relay service subscription information of a UE sends the first information to the access network device.
  • the access network device releases the communication resource used by the access network device for the relay connection of the first UE according to the first information, or releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE.
  • Releasing the communication resources used by the access network device for the relay connection of the first UE may be understood as releasing the communication resources corresponding to the indirect communication link of the first UE while retaining the communication resources corresponding to the direct communication link of the first UE.
  • the access network device releases the communication resource used by the access network device for the relay connection of the first UE according to the first information, and sends the second information to the first UE.
  • the second information is used to release relay connections corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and all second UEs that have established relay connections with the first UE.
  • the first UE releases the relay connections corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and all the second UEs that have established relay connections with the first UE according to the second information.
  • the access network device sends second information to the first UE according to the first information.
  • the second information is used to release relay connections corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and all second UEs that have established relay connections with the first UE.
  • the first UE releases the relay connections corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and all the second UEs that have established relay connections with the first UE according to the second information.
  • the first UE changes from being allowed to accept the relay service provided by the second UE to not being allowed to accept the relay service provided by the second UE.
  • the first network element sends the first information to the access network device according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE.
  • the access network device releases at least one of the following resources: the communication resource used by the access network device for the relay connection of the first UE; the communication resource used for the relay connection between the first UE and the second UE Communication resources.
  • the communication resource used by the access network device for the relay connection of the first UE can be understood as the communication resource corresponding to the indirect communication link used by the access network device for the first UE, rather than the access network device for the first UE
  • the communication resources corresponding to the direct communication link can be understood as the communication resource corresponding to the indirect communication link used by the access network device for the first UE, rather than the access network device for the first UE
  • the communication resources corresponding to the direct communication link can be understood as the communication resource corresponding to the indirect communication link used by the access network device for the first UE, rather than the access network device for the first UE.
  • the access network device releases the communication resource used by the access network device for the relay connection of the first UE according to the first information, and sends the second information to the first UE.
  • the second information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the first UE releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE according to the second information.
  • the access network device sends second information to the first UE according to the first information.
  • the second information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the first UE releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE according to the second information.
  • Case B The first network element sends the first information to the first UE according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE.
  • the first UE receives the first information from the first network element. After receiving the first information, the first UE releases the corresponding relay connection according to the specific information indicated by the first information.
  • the AMF of the first UE uses the NAS message to send the first information to the first UE; when the first network element is the PCF of the first UE, the PCF of the first UE passes the first UE.
  • the AMF of a UE sends the first information to the first UE.
  • the first UE is a relay UE
  • the first UE is changed from being allowed to provide relay services to remote UEs to not being allowed to provide relay services to remote UEs.
  • the first network element sends the first information to the first UE according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE.
  • the first UE releases the relay connections corresponding to the relay services between the first UE and all the second UEs that have established relay connections with the first UE according to the first information, and requests the access network device to release the first UE and the connection. Relay connection between connected devices.
  • the first UE sends the sixth information to the second UE according to the first information, and sends the second information to the access network device.
  • the sixth information is used to release communication resources used for the relay connection between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the second UE releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE according to the sixth information.
  • the second information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the access network device.
  • the access network device releases the relay connection between the first UE and the access network device according to the second information.
  • the first UE releases the relay connections corresponding to the relay services between the first UE and all second UEs that have established relay connections with the first UE according to the first information, and requests the access network device to release the first UE.
  • the first UE sends the sixth information to the second UE according to the first information, and sends the third information to the access network device.
  • the sixth information is used to release communication resources used for the relay connection between the first UE and all second UEs that have established a relay connection with the first UE.
  • the second UE After receiving the sixth information, the second UE releases the relay connections corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and all the second UEs that have established relay connections with the first UE according to the sixth information.
  • the third information is used to release the communication resource used for the relay connection between the first UE and the access network device.
  • the access network device After receiving the third information, releases the communication resource used for the relay connection between the first UE and the access network device according to the third information.
  • the first UE releases the relay connections corresponding to the relay services between the first UE and all second UEs that have established a relay connection with the first UE according to the first information, and requests the AMF network element of the first UE Release the communication resources used for the relay connection of the first UE.
  • the first UE sends the sixth information to the second UE according to the first information, and sends the fourth information to the AMF network element of the first UE.
  • the sixth information is used to release communication resources used for the relay connection between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the second UE releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE according to the sixth information.
  • the fourth information is used to delete the context of the second UE in the PDU session in which the first UE provides the relay service.
  • the AMF network element of the first UE requests the SMF network element to delete the context of the second UE in the PDU session in which the first UE provides the relay service according to the fourth information.
  • the context of the second UE may include but is not limited to the ID of the second UE and/or the IP of the remote UE1.
  • the ID of the second UE may be IMSI, GUTI, GPSI or application layer identification.
  • the first UE is a relay UE
  • the first UE is changed from being allowed to provide relay services for the second UE to not being allowed to provide relay services for all the second UEs.
  • the first network element sends the first information to the first UE according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE.
  • the first UE performs at least one of the following according to the first information: releases the communication resources used for the relay connection between the first UE and the second UE; requests the access network device to release the relay connection for the first UE Communication resources.
  • the first UE releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE according to the first information, and sends the second information to the access network device.
  • the second information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the access network device.
  • the access network device releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the access network device according to the second information.
  • the first UE releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service of the first UE and the second UE according to the first information, and requests the access network device to release the communication resource used for the relay connection of the first UE.
  • the first UE releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE according to the first information, and sends the fifth information to the access network device.
  • the fifth information is used to release communication resources used for the relay connection of the first UE.
  • the access network device releases the communication resource used for the relay connection of the first UE according to the fifth information.
  • the first UE releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service of the first UE and the second UE according to the first information, and requests the AMF network element of the first UE to release the communication resource used for the relay connection of the first UE .
  • the first UE releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service of the first UE and the second UE according to the first information, and sends the fourth information to the AMF network element of the first UE.
  • the fourth information is used to delete the context of the second UE in the PDU session in which the first UE provides the relay service.
  • the AMF network element of the first UE After receiving the fourth information, the AMF network element of the first UE requests the SMF network element to delete the context of the second UE in the PDU session in which the first UE provides the relay service according to the fourth information.
  • the context of the second UE may include but is not limited to the ID of the second UE and/or the IP of the remote UE1.
  • the first network element The relay service subscription information of a UE sends the first information to the first UE.
  • the first UE releases the relay connections corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and all the second UEs that have established relay connections with the first UE according to the first information, and requests the access network equipment to release the access network equipment.
  • the first UE releases the relay connections corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and all second UEs that have established relay connections with the first UE according to the first information, and sends the fifth information to the access network device.
  • the second UE is a relay UE, and the fifth information is used to release communication resources used for the relay connection of the first UE.
  • the access network device releases the communication resource used for the relay connection of the first UE according to the fifth information.
  • the first UE releases the relay connections corresponding to the relay services between the first UE and all second UEs that have established a relay connection with the first UE according to the first information, and the second UE is the relay UE. Further, the first UE requests the second UE to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service. After the second UE releases the relay connection, it requests the AMF network element of the second UE to delete the PDU session in which the second UE provides the relay service.
  • the context of the first UE may include but is not limited to the ID of the first UE and/or the IP of the first UE1.
  • the first UE changes from being allowed to accept the relay service provided by the second UE to not being allowed to accept the relay service provided by the second UE.
  • the first network element sends the first information to the first UE according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE.
  • the first UE performs at least one of the following according to the first information: releases the communication resources used for the relay connection between the first UE and the second UE; requests the access network device to release the relay connection for the first UE Communication resources.
  • the second UE is a relay UE.
  • the first UE releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE according to the first information, and sends the second information to the access network device.
  • the second information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the access network device.
  • the access network device releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the access network device according to the second information.
  • the first UE releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service of the first UE and the second UE according to the first information, and requests the access network device to release the communication resource used for the relay connection of the first UE.
  • the first UE releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and the second UE according to the first information, and sends the fifth information to the access network device.
  • the fifth information is used to release communication resources used for the relay connection of the first UE.
  • the access network device releases the communication resource used for the relay connection of the first UE according to the fifth information.
  • the first UE releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service of the first UE and the second UE according to the first information. Further, the first UE requests the second UE to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service. After the second UE releases the relay connection, it requests the AMF network element of the second UE to delete the PDU session in which the second UE provides the relay service.
  • the context of the first UE. The context of the first UE may include but is not limited to the ID of the first UE and/or the IP of the first UE1.
  • Case C The first network element sends the first information to the SMF network element of the first UE according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE.
  • the SMF network element of the first UE receives the first information from the first network element. After receiving the first information, the SMF network element of the first UE releases the corresponding relay connection according to the specific information indicated by the first information.
  • the first network element is the AMF network element of the first UE.
  • the first UE is a relay UE
  • the first UE is changed from being allowed to provide relay services to remote UEs to not being allowed to provide relay services to remote UEs.
  • the first network element sends the first information to the SMF network element of the first UE according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE.
  • the SMF network element of the first UE releases the communication resource used for the relay connection of the first UE according to the first information.
  • the communication resource of the relay connection of the first UE may be a PDU session established by the first UE for the relay service.
  • the first A network element sends the first information to the SMF network element of the first UE according to the relay service subscription information of the first UE.
  • the SMF network element of the first UE deletes the context of the second UE in the PDU session in which the first UE provides the relay service according to the first information.
  • the foregoing first information or second information may also include a relay connection release reason value.
  • the relay connection release cause value is used to characterize the cause of the relay connection release.
  • the reason for the release of the relay connection includes: a change in the subscription information of the relay service of the first UE.
  • the reasons for the release of the relay connection may include, but are not limited to, the expiration of the contract to provide the relay UE, and the list of remote UEs that can provide the relay service changes.
  • the reasons for the release of the relay connection may include, but are not limited to: the expiration of the subscription to accept the relay service, and the change of the list of relay UEs that can accept the relay service.
  • the foregoing first information or second information may also include identification information of the second UE (such as the ID of the second UE).
  • the identification information of the second UE is used for the access network device, the first UE, or the AMF network element of the first UE to know to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and which remote UE, or for The access network device, the first UE, or the AMF network element of the first UE knows to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the first UE and which relay UE.
  • the first network element determines that the subscription or authorization information of the remote UE and/or the relay UE has changed according to the service subscription information of the remote UE and/or the relay UE. At this time, it can be instructed in time to release the relay connection corresponding to the remote UE or the relay UE, or to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the remote UE and the relay UE.
  • the network side can improve the accuracy of the relay connection management and control and the accuracy of charging.
  • the foregoing method may further include: an authorization process of the remote UE and/or the relay UE.
  • the remote UE and the relay UE can be independently authorized, as shown in the following table 3 for authorization method 1.
  • the remote UE and the relay UE may be associated with authorization. Specifically, after the remote UE and the relay UE are independently authorized, the remote UE or the relay UE initiates an association authorization application to the network side, requesting that the relay UE can provide relay services for the remote UE, or the remote UE The end UE can access the network through the relay UE. As shown in Table 3 below, there are authorization method two, authorization method three and authorization method four.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection based on authorization method one is only applicable to the above case 1 (that is, the first A UE is a relay UE, and the first UE is changed from being allowed to provide relay services for the remote UE to not being allowed to provide relay services for the remote UE) and case 3 (that is, the first UE is a remote UE, the first UE is The UE changes from being allowed to accept the relay service to not being allowed to accept the relay service); it does not apply to Case 2 and Case 4 above.
  • authorization method two authorization method three or authorization method four
  • the result of the associated authorization between the remote UE and the relay UE is obtained, that is, whether the UE is allowed to be a relay UE or a remote UE, and whether the UE can provide a relay A list of remote UEs served or a list of relay UEs that the UE can receive a relay service. Therefore, the method for releasing the relay connection based on authorization method 2, authorization method 3, or authorization method 4 is applicable to the above case 1, case 2, case 3, and case 4.
  • authorization method one may include: the remote UE 1 obtains the authorization information of the remote UE 1 from the PCF network element of the remote UE 1; and the relay UE 1 obtains the authorization information from the PCF network element of the relay UE 1. If the remote UE 1 or the relay UE 1 is not registered to the network, the pre-configured authorization information can be used.
  • the independent authorization (ie authorization mode 1) process of the remote UE 1 and the relay UE 1 can be implemented through the following steps S701-S707:
  • the remote UE 1 obtains the authorization information of the remote UE 1 from the PCF network element of the remote UE 1 (that is, the independent authorization result of the remote UE 1); the relay UE 1 obtains the relay from the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 The authorization information of the UE 1 (that is, the independent authorization result of the relay UE 1). If the remote UE 1 or the relay UE 1 is not registered to the network, the pre-configured authorization information can be used. For example, the pre-configured authorization information may be whether the UE is allowed to be a remote UE or a relay UE.
  • the remote UE 1 may broadcast the relay service information, and the broadcast relay service information may carry the identifier of the remote UE 1 and the service information (such as the service information of the first service) that needs to be transmitted in the relay mode.
  • the relay UE 1 After the relay UE 1 receives the broadcast message, it can send a response message to the remote UE 1.
  • the remote UE 1 may receive response messages from multiple relay UEs.
  • the remote UE 1 can select the relay UE based on the signal status between the remote UE 1 and each relay UE, for example, select a relay UE1 is a relay UE for remote UE 1 to transmit service data of the first service.
  • select a relay UE1 is a relay UE for remote UE 1 to transmit service data of the first service.
  • the remote UE 1 sends an indirect communication request (indirect communication request) to the relay UE 1.
  • the indirect communication request is used to instruct the relay UE 1 to establish indirect communication.
  • the relay UE 1 initiates a service request (Service Request).
  • the relay UE 1 After the relay UE 1 receives the indirect communication request from the remote UE 1, it enters the connected state so as to provide the remote UE 1 with a relay service. For example, if the relay UE 1 is not in the connected state (RRC connected), the relay UE 1 executes S704 to enter the connected state. If the relay UE 1 is in the connected state, S704 is not performed. After the relay UE 1 enters the connected state, the relay UE 1 performs step S705.
  • the relay UE 1 sends an indirect communication response (indirect communication response) to the remote UE 1.
  • the indirect communication response is used to indicate that the remote UE 1 indirect communication has been established.
  • the remote UE 1 sends a NAS request message to the AMF network element of the remote UE 1.
  • the NAS request message may be a registration request message or a service request message.
  • the registration request message is used for the remote UE 1 to register to the network.
  • the service request message is used to establish/activate a PDU session that provides a relay service for the remote UE1. For example, if the remote UE 1 has previously registered to the network, the NAS request message is a service request message; if the remote UE 1 has not previously registered to the network, the NAS request message is a registration request message.
  • S707 PDU session establishment process of the remote UE 1.
  • the PDU session is used to relay the UE 1 to provide a relay service for the remote UE 1 to complete the above-mentioned service (such as the first service) requested by the remote UE 1.
  • the above step S707 may be initiated by the relay UE1.
  • the establishment process of the PDU session reference may be made to the introduction in the prior art, and no further description will be given.
  • the second authorization method may include: the remote UE sends a NAS request message to the AMF network element of the remote UE; the AMF network element of the remote UE requests authorization from the AMF network element of the relay UE; and the AMF network element of the relay UE sends the remote UE.
  • the AMF network element of the UE returns the associated authorization result.
  • the association authorization result is determined by the AMF network element of the relay UE according to the subscription information of the relay UE.
  • the subscription information of the relay UE may include, but is not limited to, a list of remote UEs that the relay UE can provide relay services.
  • the relay UE sends a NAS request message to the AMF network element of the relay UE; the AMF network element of the relay UE requests authorization from the AMF network element of the remote UE; the AMF network element of the remote UE sends the AMF network element of the relay UE to the AMF network element of the relay UE. Yuan returns the associated authorization result.
  • the association authorization result is determined by the AMF network element of the remote UE according to the subscription information of the remote UE.
  • the subscription information of the remote UE may include, but is not limited to, a list of relay UEs that the remote UE can receive the relay service.
  • the second authorization method for the remote UE and the relay UE can be implemented based on the above steps S701-S705 shown in FIG. 7 and the following steps S801-S804:
  • the relay UE 1 sends a NAS request message to the AMF network element of the relay UE 1.
  • the relay UE 1 After the indirect communication is established, the relay UE 1 sends a NAS request message to the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 to request the associated authorization result, that is, to obtain the remote UE that has been authorized or allowed to provide the relay service by the relay UE 1 list of.
  • the NAS request message is used to request association authorization.
  • the NAS request message carries the ID of the relay UE1 and the ID of the remote UE1.
  • the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 sends an authorization request message (Authorization Request) to the AMF network element of the remote UE 1.
  • Authorization Request an authorization request message
  • the authorization request message is used to request to obtain the associated authorization result.
  • the authorization request message carries the ID of the relay UE 1 and the ID of the remote UE 1.
  • the AMF network element of the remote UE 1 sends an authorization response message (Authorization Response) to the AMF network element of the relay UE 1.
  • Authorization Response an authorization response message
  • the authorization response message carries the associated authorization result.
  • the association authorization result includes a list of remote UEs that have been authorized or allowed to provide relay services by the relay UE 1.
  • the AMF network element of the remote UE 1 stores the ID of the relay UE 1 that has been authorized or allowed to provide the relay service for the remote UE 1, and the ID of the AMF network element of the relay UE 1.
  • FIG. 8 is an example of an association authorization request initiated by a relay UE.
  • the remote UE can also use authorization method two similar to that shown in FIG. 8.
  • the remote UE 1 sends a NAS request message to the AMF network element of the remote UE 1.
  • the NAS request message carries the ID of the relay UE 1 and the ID of the remote UE 1.
  • the AMF network element of the remote UE 1 sends an authorization request message to the AMF network element of the relay UE 1, and receives the associated authorization result from the AMF network element of the relay UE 1.
  • the associated authorization result is stored in the AMF network element of the remote UE1.
  • the third authorization method may include: the relay UE 1 sends a NAS request message to the AMF network element of the relay UE 1.
  • the NAS request message includes the ID of the relay UE 1 and the ID of the remote UE 1.
  • the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 and the AMF network element of the remote UE 1 interact to determine the authorization result, and return it to the relay UE 1.
  • the remote UE 1 sends a NAS request message to the AMF network element of the remote UE 1.
  • the NAS request message includes the ID of the relay UE 1 and the ID of the remote UE 1.
  • the AMF network element of the remote UE 1 and the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 interact to determine the authorization result, and return it to the remote UE 1.
  • the authorization method 3 of the remote UE 1 and the relay UE 1 can be implemented based on the above steps S701-S703 shown in FIG. 7 and the following steps S901-S903:
  • the relay UE 1 sends a NAS request message to the AMF network element of the relay UE 1.
  • the relay UE 1 After the indirect communication is established, the relay UE 1 sends a NAS request message to the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 to request the associated authorization result, that is, to obtain the remote UE that has been authorized or allowed to provide the relay service by the relay UE 1 list of.
  • the NAS request message is used to request association authorization.
  • the NAS request message carries the ID of the relay UE1 and the ID of the remote UE1.
  • the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 sends a NAS response message to the relay UE 1.
  • the NAS response message carries the associated authorization result.
  • the association authorization result includes a list of remote UEs that have been authorized or allowed to provide relay services by the relay UE 1.
  • the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 stores the ID of the remote UE that has authorized or allowed the relay UE 1 to provide the relay service.
  • Fig. 9 is an example of an association authorization request initiated by a relay UE.
  • the remote UE can also use authorization mode 3 similar to that shown in FIG. 9.
  • the remote UE 1 sends a NAS request message to the AMF network element of the remote UE 1.
  • the NAS request message carries the ID of the relay UE 1 and the ID of the remote UE 1.
  • the associated authorization result is stored in the AMF network element of the remote UE1.
  • the fourth authorization method may include: the relay UE 1 sends a NAS request message to the AMF network element of the relay UE 1; the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 forwards the authorization request to the PCF network element of the relay UE 1; The PCF network element obtains the subscription information of the relay UE 1 from the UDM/UDR network element, and returns an authorization result according to the subscription information of the relay UE 1.
  • the subscription information of the relay UE 1 may include, but is not limited to, a list of remote UEs that the relay UE 1 can provide a relay service.
  • the remote UE 1 sends a NAS request message to the AMF network element of the remote UE 1; the AMF network element of the remote UE 1 forwards the authorization request to the PCF network element of the remote UE 1; the PCF network element of the remote UE 1
  • the UDM/UDR network element obtains the subscription information of the remote UE 1, and returns the authorization result according to the subscription information of the remote UE 1.
  • the subscription information of the remote UE 1 may include, but is not limited to, a list of relay UEs that the remote UE 1 can receive the relay service.
  • the fourth authorization method of the remote UE 1 and the relay UE 1 can be implemented based on the above steps S701-S703 shown in FIG. 7 and the following steps S1001-S1003:
  • the relay UE 1 sends an authorization request message (Authorization Request) to the PCF network element of the relay UE 1.
  • Authorization Request an authorization request message
  • the relay UE 1 After the indirect communication is established, the relay UE 1 sends an authorization request message to the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 to request the associated authorization result, that is, to obtain the remote end that has been authorized or allowed to provide the relay service by the relay UE 1 List of UEs. For example, the relay UE 1 sends an authorization request message to the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 through the AMF of the relay UE 1, and the AMF of the relay UE 1 forwards the authorization request message. Among them, the authorization request message is used to obtain the associated authorization result.
  • the authorization request message includes the ID of the relay UE 1 and the ID of the remote UE 1.
  • the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 sends an authorization response message (Authorization Response) to the relay UE 1.
  • Authorization Response an authorization response message
  • the authorization response message includes the associated authorization result.
  • the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 sends an authorization response message to the relay UE 1 through the AMF of the relay UE 1.
  • the associated authorization result includes a list of remote UEs that have been authorized or allowed to provide relay services by the relay UE 1.
  • the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 stores the ID of the remote UE that has authorized or allowed the relay UE 1 to provide the relay service.
  • FIG. 10 is an example of an association authorization request initiated by a relay UE.
  • the remote UE can also use authorization mode four similar to that shown in FIG. 10.
  • the remote UE 1 sends an authorization request message to the PCF network element of the remote UE 1.
  • the authorization request message carries the ID of the relay UE 1 and the ID of the remote UE 1.
  • the associated authorization result is stored in the PCF network element of the remote UE1.
  • the association authorization result negotiated between the PCF network element of the remote UE and the PCF network element of the relay UE may also be used.
  • the relay UE1 initiating an association authorization request as an example, after the PCF network element of the relay UE1 receives the authorization request message from the relay UE1, it requests the association authorization result from the remote UE1, and then it will be authorized or allowed.
  • the ID of the remote UE that provides the relay service after the UE 1 is stored in the PCF network element of the relay UE 1.
  • Table 3 only uses a 5G communication system as an example.
  • the AMF network elements in Table 3 above can be replaced with MME network elements.
  • Figures 7-10 only take the above-mentioned authorization method 1, authorization method 2, authorization method 3, and authorization method 4 as an example.
  • This application does not limit the specific schemes of independent authorization and associated authorization.
  • For detailed implementation methods and implementation processes of authorization and associated authorization please refer to the specific introduction in the prior art.
  • the remote UE 1 establishes an indirect communication link based on the relay UE 1.
  • the remote UE 1 and/or the relay UE 1 have obtained the authorization result.
  • the remote UE 1 and/or the relay UE 1 have obtained the associated authorization result obtained by the method shown in FIG. 8, FIG. 9 or FIG. Independent authorization result obtained by the method shown.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection shown in FIG. 11 may be performed based on the above-mentioned authorization method one (ie, the independent authorization method). As mentioned above, the method of releasing the relay connection based on authorization method one is only applicable to the above cases 1 and 3.
  • the first network element is the PCF network element of the relay UE 1
  • the first information is sent by the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 to the relay UE 1.
  • a method for releasing a relay connection provided by an embodiment of the present application specifically includes the following steps S1101-S1107:
  • the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 obtains the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 from the UDM/UDR network element.
  • the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 is stored in the UDM/UDR network element.
  • the relay service subscription information is used to characterize whether the relay UE 1 is allowed to provide relay services for the remote UE.
  • the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 determines that the relay UE 1 is not allowed to be a relay device according to the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1.
  • the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 can determine that the relay UE 1 is changed from being allowed to provide relay services to the remote UE to not being allowed to provide the remote UE according to the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1. Following the service, it can be determined that the relay UE 1 is not allowed to be a relay device.
  • the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 is changed from including the indication information that the relay UE 1 is allowed to provide relay services for the remote UE to not include the relay UE 1 is allowed to provide relay for the remote UE
  • the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 can determine that the relay UE 1 is not allowed to be a relay device.
  • the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 sends the first relay service authorization cancellation information to the relay UE 1.
  • the first relay service authorization cancellation information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay UE 1.
  • the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 may send the first relay service authorization revocation information to the relay UE 1 through an authorization update message (Authorization Update).
  • the first relay service authorization revocation information is used to instruct the revocation of authorization of the relay UE 1 as a relay UE.
  • the first relay service authorization revocation information may include a relay connection release reason value.
  • the relay connection release cause value is used to characterize the cause of the relay connection release.
  • the reasons for the release of the relay connection include: the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 changes. For example, a contract to provide a relay service expires.
  • the relay UE 1 sends the second information to the RAN.
  • the second information is used to request the release of the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the relay UE 1 and the RAN.
  • the second information is used to request the release of communication resources (such as PDU session resources) used for relay services between the relay UE 1 and the RAN.
  • the second information is used to request the deletion of the context of all remote UEs (including the remote UE 1) in the PDU session in which the relay UE 1 provides the relay service.
  • the context of the remote UE may include, but is not limited to, the ID of the remote UE and/or the IP of the remote UE.
  • the relay UE 1 may send the second information to the RAN through an RRC message.
  • the second information includes the ID of the remote UE 1 and the reason for the relay connection release.
  • the relay UE 1 sends the sixth information to the remote UE 1.
  • the sixth information is used to request the release of the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the relay UE 1 and the remote UE 1.
  • the relay UE 1 may send the sixth information to the remote UE 1 through a link release message (Link Release).
  • Link Release may also be a link release message directly.
  • the sixth information includes the reason for the relay connection release.
  • the RAN releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the relay UE 1 and the RAN.
  • the remote UE 1 releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the relay UE 1 and the remote UE 1.
  • a method for releasing a relay connection may specifically include the following steps S1108-S1111:
  • the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 obtains the relay service subscription information of the remote UE 1 from the UDM/UDR network element.
  • the relay service subscription information of the remote UE 1 is stored in the UDM/UDR network element.
  • the relay service subscription information of the remote UE 1 is used to characterize whether the remote UE 1 is allowed to receive the relay service.
  • the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 determines that the remote UE 1 is not allowed to receive the relay service according to the subsequent service subscription information of the remote UE 1.
  • the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 can determine that the remote UE 1 changes from being allowed to accept the relay service to not being allowed to accept the relay service according to the relay service subscription information of the remote UE 1, it can determine that the remote UE 1 is not allowed to receive relay services.
  • the relay service subscription information of the remote UE 1 is changed from including the indication information that the remote UE 1 is allowed to accept the relay service to not include the indication information that the remote UE 1 is allowed to accept the relay service, then the remote The PCF network element of the UE 1 can determine that the remote UE 1 is not allowed to receive the relay service.
  • the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 sends the first information to the remote UE 1.
  • the first information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the remote UE1.
  • the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 may send the first relay service authorization revocation information or the first relay connection release information (that is, the first information) to the remote UE 1 through an authorization update message (Authorization Update).
  • the first relay service authorization revocation information is used to instruct the revocation of authorization of the relay UE 1 as a relay UE.
  • the first relay connection release information is used to instruct to release the relay connection corresponding to the remote UE1.
  • the first information may include a relay connection release reason value.
  • the relay connection release cause value is used to characterize the cause of the relay connection release.
  • the reasons for the release of the relay connection include: the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 changes.
  • the contract to accept the relay service expires.
  • the remote UE 1 triggers the release of the relay connection corresponding to the remote UE 1.
  • the remote UE 1 requests the RAN to release the communication resources used by the RAN for the relay connection of the remote UE 1, and releases the remote UE 1 and all relay UEs that have established a relay connection with the remote UE 1 (including relays). 1) Relay connection corresponding to the relay service between UEs.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection provided by the embodiment of the present application may specifically include the following steps S1112-S1116:
  • the AMF network element of the remote UE 1 receives the NAS message from the remote UE 1.
  • the NAS message is used to notify the remote UE 1 that the AMF network element remote UE 1 accesses through the indirect communication mode (that is, the relay mode).
  • the AMF network element of the remote UE 1 obtains the relay service subscription information of the remote UE 1 from the UDM/UDR network element.
  • the relay service subscription information of the remote UE 1 is stored in the UDM/UDR network element.
  • the relay service subscription information of the remote UE 1 is used to characterize whether the remote UE 1 is allowed to receive the relay service.
  • the AMF network element of the remote UE 1 determines that the remote UE 1 is not allowed to receive the relay service according to the subsequent service subscription information of the remote UE 1.
  • the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 can determine that the remote UE 1 changes from being allowed to accept the relay service to not being allowed to accept the relay service according to the relay service subscription information of the remote UE 1, it can determine that the remote UE 1 is not allowed to receive relay services.
  • the AMF network element of the remote UE 1 sends the first information to the RAN.
  • the first information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the remote UE1.
  • the AMF network element of the remote UE 1 may send the first relay service authorization revocation information or the first relay connection release information (that is, the first information) to the RAN through an N2 message.
  • the first relay service authorization revocation information is used to instruct the remote UE 1 to be the remote UE to be revoked from the authorization.
  • the first relay connection release information is used to instruct to release the relay connection corresponding to the remote UE1.
  • the RAN releases the relay connection corresponding to the remote UE1.
  • the RAN releases the communication resources used by the RAN for the relay connection of the remote UE 1 and releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the remote UE 1 and the relay UE 1.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection based on the above authorization method 1 may include the above steps S1101-S1107, or include the above steps S1108-S1111, or include the above steps S1112-S1116, or include the above steps S1101-S1107 and S1108 -S1111, or including the above steps S1101-S1107 and S1112-S1116.
  • the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 can determine that the remote UE 1 is not allowed to accept according to the service subscription information of the remote UE 1 In the case of relay service, instruct the remote UE 1 to release the relay connection corresponding to the remote UE 1 in time, or the AMF network element of the remote UE 1 determines that the remote UE 1 is not allowed to accept according to the service subscription information of the remote UE 1 When following the service, instruct the RAN to release the relay connection corresponding to the remote UE1 in time; and/or the PCF network element of the relay UE1 determines that the relay UE1 is not allowed to provide relay services according to the service subscription information of the relay UE1 At this time, the relay UE 1 is instructed to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay UE 1 in time. By responding in a timely manner based on the service subscription information of the remote UE 1 and/or the relay UE 1, the network
  • the method for releasing the relay connection shown in FIG. 12A and FIG. 12B can be performed based on the above-mentioned authorization method two.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection based on authorization method two is applicable to the above case 1, case 2, case 3, and case 4.
  • the first network element is the AMF network element of the relay UE 1, and the first information is sent to the RAN by the AMF network element of the relay UE 1.
  • a method for releasing a relay connection provided by an embodiment of the present application specifically includes the following steps S1201A-S1204A:
  • the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 obtains the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 from the UDM/UDR network element.
  • the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 may be stored in the UDM/UDR network element.
  • the relay service subscription information is used to characterize whether the relay UE 1 is allowed to provide relay services for the remote UE.
  • the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 determines that the relay UE 1 is not allowed to be a relay device according to the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1.
  • the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 is changed from including the identification information of the remote UE that the relay UE 1 is allowed to provide the relay service to does not include the remote UE that the relay UE 1 is allowed to provide the relay service Or according to the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1, it can be determined that the relay UE 1 is changed from being allowed to provide relay services for the remote UE to not being allowed to provide relay services for the remote UE, then it can be determined The relay UE 1 is not allowed to be a relay device.
  • S1203A The AMF network element of the relay UE 1 sends the first information to the RAN.
  • the first information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay UE1.
  • the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 may send the first relay service authorization cancellation information or the first relay connection release information (that is, the first information) to the RAN through an N2 message.
  • the first relay service authorization revocation information is used to instruct the revocation of authorization of the relay UE 1 as a relay UE.
  • the first relay connection release information is used to instruct to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay UE1.
  • the first information may include the IDs of all remote UEs that have established a relay connection with the relay UE 1.
  • the first information may include a relay connection release reason value.
  • the relay connection release cause value is used to characterize the cause of the relay connection release.
  • the reasons for the release of the relay connection include: the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 changes. For example, a contract to provide a relay service expires.
  • the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 may send the first relay service authorization revocation information to the AMF network element of the remote UE 1 to instruct the AMF network element of the remote UE 1 to send the first information to the RAN.
  • the RAN releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay UE1.
  • the RAN releases the relay connection between the relay UE 1 and the RAN according to the first information, and sends the second information to the relay UE 1.
  • the second information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the relay UE 1 and all remote UEs (including the remote UE 1) that have established a relay connection with the relay UE 1.
  • the relay UE 1 After the relay UE 1 receives the second information, it releases the relay service between the relay UE 1 and all remote UEs (including the remote UE 1) that have established a relay connection with the relay UE 1 according to the second information Corresponding relay connection.
  • a method for releasing a relay connection may specifically include the following steps S1205A-S1208A:
  • the AMF network element of the remote UE 1 obtains the relay service subscription information of the remote UE 1 from the UDM/UDR network element.
  • the relay service subscription information of the remote UE 1 can be stored in the UDM/UDR network element.
  • the relay service subscription information of the remote UE 1 is used to characterize whether the remote UE 1 is allowed to receive the relay service.
  • the AMF network element of the remote UE 1 determines that the remote UE 1 is not allowed to receive the relay service according to the subsequent service subscription information of the remote UE 1.
  • the relay service subscription information of the remote UE 1 is changed from including the identification information of the relay UE that the remote UE 1 is allowed to accept the relay service to not include the relay UE that the remote UE 1 is allowed to accept the relay service Or according to the relay service subscription information of the remote UE1, it can be determined that the remote UE1 is changed from being allowed to accept the relay service to not allowed to accept the relay service, and then it can be determined that the remote UE1 is not allowed to accept the relay service.
  • Relay service the relay service subscription information of the remote UE 1 is changed from including the identification information of the relay UE that the remote UE 1 is allowed to accept the relay service to not include the relay UE that the remote UE 1 is allowed to accept the relay service.
  • the PCF network element of the remote UE 1 It can be determined that the remote UE 1 is not allowed to accept the relay service.
  • the AMF network element of the remote UE 1 sends the first information to the RAN.
  • the first information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the remote UE1.
  • the AMF network element of the remote UE 1 may send the first relay service authorization cancellation information or the first relay connection release information (that is, the first information) to the RAN through an N2 message.
  • the first relay service authorization revocation information is used to instruct the remote UE 1 to be the remote UE to be revoked from the authorization.
  • the first relay connection release information is used to instruct to release the relay connection corresponding to the remote UE1.
  • the first information includes the IDs of all relay UEs that have established a relay connection with the remote UE 1.
  • the first information may include a relay connection release reason value.
  • the relay connection release cause value is used to characterize the cause of the relay connection release.
  • the reasons for the release of the relay connection include: the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 changes.
  • the contract to accept the relay service expires.
  • the RAN releases the relay connection corresponding to the remote UE1.
  • the RAN may release at least one of the following resources according to the first information: the communication resource used by the RAN for the relay connection of the remote UE 1; the remote UE 1 and the relay UE 1 are used for the relay connection Communication resources.
  • the RAN sends the second information to the remote UE 1 according to the first information.
  • the second information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the remote UE 1 and all relay UEs (including the relay UE 1) that have established a relay connection with the remote UE 1.
  • the remote UE 1 releases the relay service between the remote UE 1 and all relay UEs (including the relay UE 1) that have established a relay connection with the remote UE 1 according to the second information Corresponding relay connection.
  • the RAN deletes the context of the remote UE 1 in the PDU session in which the relay UE 1 provides the relay service according to the first information, and sends the second information to the remote UE 1.
  • the second information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the remote UE 1 and all relay UEs (including the relay UE 1) that have established a relay connection with the remote UE 1.
  • the remote UE 1 releases the relay service between the remote UE 1 and all relay UEs (including the relay UE 1) that have established a relay connection with the remote UE 1 according to the second information Corresponding relay connection.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection based on the foregoing authorization method two may include the foregoing steps S1201A-S1204A, and/or S1205A-S1208A.
  • the first network element is the AMF network element of the relay UE 1, and the first information is sent to the RAN by the AMF network element of the relay UE 1.
  • a method for releasing a relay connection provided by an embodiment of the present application specifically includes the following steps S1201B-S1205B:
  • the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 obtains the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 from the UDM/UDR network element.
  • the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 may be stored in the UDM/UDR network element.
  • the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 includes a list of remote UEs that the relay UE 1 is allowed to provide relay services.
  • the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 determines that the relay UE 1 is not allowed to provide the relay service for the remote UE 1 according to the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1.
  • the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 changes from including the identification information of the remote UE that the relay UE 1 is allowed to provide the relay service, and the identification information of the remote UE includes the identification information of the remote UE 1, change To exclude the identification information of the remote UE that the relay UE 1 is allowed to provide the relay service; or the identification information of the remote UE that the relay UE 1 is allowed to provide the relay service in the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 Change from including the identification information of the remote UE 1 to not including the identification information of the remote UE 1; or determine that the relay UE 1 is allowed to provide relay services for the remote UE 1 according to the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 If it is changed to not be allowed to provide relay services for the remote UE 1, it can be determined that the relay UE 1 is not allowed to provide relay services for the remote UE 1.
  • the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 is changed from including the one shown in Table 1 above and is allowed to provide relay services for UE1 and UE4 to only being allowed to provide relay services for UE1, then the relay service of UE1
  • the AMF network element can determine that the relay UE 1 is not allowed to provide relay services for the UE4.
  • the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 sends second relay service authorization cancellation information to the AMF network element of the remote UE 1.
  • the second information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the remote UE 1 and the relay UE 1.
  • the second information may be second relay service authorization revocation information.
  • the second relay service authorization revocation information is used to instruct the revocation of the authorization relay UE 1 to provide the remote UE 1 with the relay service.
  • the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 may send the second information to the AMF network element of the remote UE 1 through an authorization update message (Authorization Update).
  • Authorization Update an authorization update message
  • the second information includes the ID of the remote UE1.
  • the second information may include a relay connection release reason value.
  • the relay connection release cause value is used to characterize the cause of the relay connection release.
  • the reasons for the release of the relay connection include: the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 changes.
  • the list of remote UEs that the relay UE 1 can provide the relay service changes.
  • the AMF network element of the remote UE 1 sends the first information to the RAN.
  • the first information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the remote UE 1 and the relay UE 1.
  • the AMF network element of the remote UE 1 may send the second relay connection release information (that is, the first information) to the RAN through an N2 message.
  • the second relay connection release information is used to instruct to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the remote UE 1 and the relay UE 1.
  • the first information includes the ID of the remote UE1.
  • the first information may include a relay connection release reason value.
  • the relay connection release cause value is used to characterize the cause of the relay connection release.
  • the reasons for the release of the relay connection include: the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 changes.
  • the list of remote UEs that the relay UE 1 can provide the relay service changes.
  • the above steps S1203B-S1204B can also be replaced with: the AMF network element that relays the UE 1 directly sends the first information to the RAN.
  • the RAN releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the remote UE 1 and the relay UE 1.
  • the RAN releases the communication resources used by the RAN for the relay connection of the first UE according to the first information, and sends the second information to the relay UE1.
  • the second information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the remote UE 1 and the relay UE 1.
  • the relay UE 1 releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the remote UE 1 and the relay UE 1 according to the second information.
  • the RAN sends the second information to the relay UE 1 according to the first information.
  • the second information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the remote UE 1 and the relay UE 1.
  • the relay UE 1 releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the remote UE 1 and the relay UE 1 according to the second information.
  • a method for releasing a relay connection may specifically include the following steps S1206B-S1209B:
  • the AMF network element of the remote UE 1 obtains the relay service contract information of the remote UE 1 from the UDM/UDR network element.
  • the relay service subscription information of the remote UE 1 can be stored in the UDM/UDR network element.
  • the relay service subscription information of the remote UE 1 includes a list of relay UEs that the remote UE 1 is allowed to receive the relay service.
  • the AMF network element of the remote UE 1 determines that the remote UE 1 is not allowed to accept the relay service provided by the relay UE 1 according to the relay service subscription information of the remote UE 1.
  • the relay service subscription information of the remote UE 1 includes the identification information of the relay UE that the remote UE 1 is allowed to receive the relay service, and the identification information of the relay UE includes the identification information of the relay UE 1, change To exclude the identification information of the relay UE that the remote UE 1 is allowed to accept the relay service; or the identification information of the relay UE that the remote UE 1 is allowed to accept the relay service in the relay service subscription information of the remote UE 1 Change from including the identification information of the relay UE 1 to not including the identification information of the relay UE 1; or determine that the remote UE 1 is allowed to accept the relay provided by the relay UE 1 according to the relay service subscription information of the remote UE 1 When the service is changed to not being allowed to accept the relay service provided by the relay UE 1, it can be determined that the remote UE 1 is not allowed to accept the relay service provided by the relay UE 1.
  • the relay service subscription information of the remote UE 1 is changed from including the relay service provided by UE2 and UE3 as shown in Table 2 above to only being allowed to accept the relay service provided by UE2, then the remote UE The AMF network element of 1 can determine that the remote UE 1 is not allowed to accept the relay service provided by UE3.
  • S1208B The AMF network element of the remote UE 1 sends the first information to the RAN.
  • the first information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the remote UE 1 and the relay UE 1.
  • the AMF network element of the remote UE 1 may send the second relay service authorization revocation information or the second relay connection release information (that is, the first information) to the RAN through an N2 message.
  • the second relay service authorization revocation information is used to indicate that the remote UE 1 is authorized to be revoked to accept the relay service provided by the relay UE 1.
  • the second relay connection release information is used to instruct to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the remote UE 1 and the relay UE 1.
  • the first information includes the ID of the relay UE1.
  • the first information may include a relay connection release reason value.
  • the relay connection release cause value is used to characterize the cause of the relay connection release.
  • the reasons for the release of the relay connection include: the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 changes.
  • the remote UE 1 has a change in the list of relay UEs that can receive the relay service.
  • the RAN releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the remote UE 1 and the relay UE 1.
  • the RAN releases the communication resources used by the RAN for the relay connection of the first UE according to the first information, and sends the second information to the relay UE1.
  • the second information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the remote UE 1 and the relay UE 1.
  • the relay UE 1 releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the remote UE 1 and the relay UE 1 according to the second information.
  • the RAN sends the second information to the relay UE 1 according to the first information.
  • the second information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the remote UE 1 and the relay UE 1.
  • the relay UE 1 releases the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the remote UE 1 and the relay UE 1 according to the second information.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection based on the foregoing authorization method 2 may include the foregoing steps S1201B-S1205B, and/or S1206B-S12089B.
  • the method of releasing the relay connection shown in FIG. 12A and FIG. 12B is based on the authorization method 2 initiated by the relay UE 1.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection based on the authorization method 2 initiated by the remote UE 1 can also refer to the methods shown in FIG. 12A and FIG. 2B, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the AMF network element can determine that the remote UE 1 is not allowed to accept the relay service according to the service subscription information of the remote UE 1 in a timely manner.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection shown in FIG. 13 may be performed based on the above-mentioned authorization method 3. As described above, the method for releasing the relay connection based on authorization method three is applicable to the above case 1, case 2, case 3, and case 4.
  • the first network element is the AMF network element of the relay UE 1, and the first information is sent by the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 to the relay UE 1.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection provided by the embodiment of the present application can be based on the steps S1101-S1107 shown in FIG. 11, and replace the steps S1101-S1102 with the steps 1201A-S1202A shown in FIG. 12A. , Replace step S1103 with S1301:
  • the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 sends the first relay service authorization cancellation information to the relay UE 1.
  • the first relay service authorization cancellation information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay UE 1.
  • the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 may send the first relay service authorization revocation information to the relay UE 1 through an authorization update message (Authorization Update).
  • the first relay service authorization revocation information is used to instruct the revocation of authorization of the relay UE 1 as a relay UE.
  • the first relay service authorization revocation information includes the IDs of all remote UEs that have established relay connections with the relay UE 1.
  • the first relay service authorization revocation information may include a relay connection release reason value.
  • the relay connection release cause value is used to characterize the cause of the relay connection release.
  • the reasons for the release of the relay connection include: the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 changes. For example, a contract to provide a relay service expires.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection can be based on the above steps S1201A-S1202A, S1301, and S1104-S1107 in FIG.
  • Step S1301 is replaced with: the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 sends the second relay service authorization revocation information to the relay UE 1, which is used to instruct to revoke the authorization of the relay UE 1 to provide the remote UE 1 with the relay service.
  • the second information sent by the relay UE 1 to the RAN in the above step S1104 is used to request the release of the communication resource used for the remote UE 1 relay service or the corresponding relay connection between the relay UE 1 and the RAN.
  • a method for releasing a relay connection may specifically include the foregoing steps S1205A-S1208A shown in FIG. 12A.
  • steps S1205A-S1208A please refer to the above description of steps S1205A-S1208A.
  • a method for releasing a relay connection may specifically include the foregoing steps S1206B-S1209B shown in FIG. 12B.
  • steps S1206B-S1209B please refer to the above description of steps S1206B-S1209B.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection based on the above authorization method 3 may include the above steps S1201A-S1202A, S1301, and S1104-S1107, or include the above steps S1205A-S1208A, or include the above steps S1206B-S1209B, or include the above steps Steps S1201A-S1202A, S1301, S1104-S1107, and S1205A-S1208A, or include the above-mentioned steps S1201A-S1202A, S1301, S1104-S1107, and S1206B-S1209B.
  • the method of releasing the relay connection shown in FIG. 13 is based on authorization method 3 initiated by the relay UE 1.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection based on authorization mode 3 initiated by the remote UE 1 can also refer to the method shown in FIG. 13, which is not specifically introduced here.
  • the AMF network element can timely determine that the remote UE 1 is not allowed to accept the relay service according to the service subscription information of the remote UE 1 Instruct the RAN to release the relay connection corresponding to the remote UE1; and/or when it is determined that the relay UE1 is not allowed to provide relay services according to the service subscription information of the relay UE1, instruct the relay UE1 to release the relay UE1 correspondence in time And/or when it is determined according to the service subscription information of the relay UE1 that the relay UE1 is not allowed to provide relay services for the remote UE1, instruct the relay UE1 to release the remote UE1 and the relay UE in time
  • the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the terminal UE1 and the relay UE1.
  • the network side can improve the accuracy of the relay connection management and control and the accuracy of charging.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection shown in FIG. 14 may be performed based on the foregoing authorization method 4. As mentioned above, the method for releasing the relay connection based on authorization method four is applicable to the above case 1, case 2, case 3, and case 4.
  • the first network element is the PCF network element of the relay UE 1, and the first information is sent by the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 to the relay UE 1.
  • a method for releasing a relay connection provided by an embodiment of the present application can be based on the steps S1201A-S1202A, S1301, and S1104-S1107 shown in Figure 13, and replace the steps S1201A-S1202A with those shown in Figure 11. Steps S1101-S1102 shown, replace step S1301 with step S1401:
  • the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 sends the first relay service authorization cancellation information to the relay UE 1.
  • the first relay service authorization cancellation information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay UE 1.
  • the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 may send the first relay service authorization cancellation information to the relay UE 1 via the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 through Authorization Update.
  • the first relay service authorization revocation information may include the IDs of all remote UEs that have established a relay connection with the relay UE.
  • the first relay service authorization revocation information may include a relay connection release reason value.
  • the relay connection release cause value is used to characterize the cause of the relay connection release.
  • the reasons for the release of the relay connection include: the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 changes. For example, a contract to provide a relay service expires.
  • a method for releasing a relay connection may be based on the above steps S1108-S1109 in FIG. 11 and the above steps S1401 and S1104-S1107 in FIG. 14.
  • Replace step S1109 with: the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 determines that the relay UE 1 is not allowed to provide the relay service for the remote UE 1 according to the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1.
  • Replace step S1401 with: the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 sends the second relay service authorization revocation information to the relay UE 1 to revoke the authorization of the relay UE 1 to provide the remote UE 1 with the relay service.
  • the second information sent by the relay UE 1 to the RAN is used to request the release of the communication resources used for the remote UE 1 relay service or the corresponding relay connection between the relay UE 1 and the RAN.
  • the RAN releases the communication resources between the relay UE 1 and the RAN for the remote UE 1 relay service, or the RAN releases the communication resources between the relay UE 1 and the RAN for the remote UE 1 Relay connection corresponding to the relay service.
  • the method for releasing a relay connection may specifically include the foregoing steps S1108 and S1109 shown in FIG. 11, and the following steps S1402-S1403:
  • the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 sends the first information to the RAN.
  • the first information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the remote UE1.
  • the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 may send the first relay service authorization revocation information or the first relay connection release information (that is, the first information) to the RAN through an N2 message.
  • the first relay service authorization revocation information is used to instruct the remote UE 1 to be the remote UE to be revoked from the authorization.
  • the first relay connection release information is used to instruct to release the relay connection corresponding to the remote UE1.
  • the first information includes the IDs of all relay UEs that have established a relay connection with the remote UE 1.
  • the first information may include a relay connection release reason value.
  • the relay connection release cause value is used to characterize the cause of the relay connection release.
  • the reasons for the release of the relay connection include: the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 changes.
  • the contract to accept the relay service expires.
  • the RAN releases the relay connection corresponding to the remote UE1.
  • the RAN may release at least one of the following resources according to the first information: the communication resource used by the RAN for the relay connection of the remote UE 1; the remote UE 1 and the relay UE 1 are used for the relay connection Communication resources.
  • the RAN sends the second information to the remote UE 1 according to the first information.
  • the second information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the remote UE 1 and all relay UEs (including the relay UE 1) that have established a relay connection with the remote UE 1.
  • the remote UE 1 releases the relay service between the remote UE 1 and all relay UEs (including the relay UE 1) that have established a relay connection with the remote UE 1 according to the second information Corresponding relay connection.
  • the RAN deletes the context of the remote UE 1 in the PDU session in which the relay UE 1 provides the relay service according to the first information, and sends the second information to the remote UE 1.
  • the second information is used to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the remote UE 1 and all relay UEs (including the relay UE 1) that have established a relay connection with the remote UE 1.
  • the remote UE 1 releases the relay service between the remote UE 1 and all relay UEs (including the relay UE 1) that have established a relay connection with the remote UE 1 according to the second information Corresponding relay connection.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection can be based on the steps S1201B-S1205B shown in FIG. 12A, and replace S1201B with: the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 is obtained from the UDM/UDR network element Following the UE 1’s relay service subscription information.
  • the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 includes a list of remote UEs that the relay UE 1 is allowed to provide relay services.
  • Replace S1202B with: the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 determines that the relay UE 1 is not allowed to provide the relay service for the remote UE 1 according to the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1.
  • Replace S1203B with: the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 sends the second relay service authorization revocation information to the AMF network element of the remote UE 1.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection can be based on the steps S1206B-S1209B shown in FIG. Terminal UE1's relay service subscription information.
  • the relay service subscription information of the remote UE 1 includes a list of relay UEs that the remote UE 1 is allowed to receive the relay service.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection based on the foregoing authorization method 4 may include the foregoing steps S1101-S1102, S1401, and S1104-S1107, or include the foregoing steps S1108-S1109 and S1402-S1403, or include the foregoing steps S1101-S1102 , S1401, S1104-S1107, S1108-S1109 and S1402-S1403. Or, it includes the steps corresponding to the foregoing relay UE 1 being not allowed to provide the relay service for the remote UE 1 or the remote UE 1 being not allowed to accept the relay service provided by the relay UE 1.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection shown in FIG. 14 is based on authorization method 4 initiated by the relay UE 1.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection based on authorization method 4 initiated by the remote UE 1 can also refer to the method shown in FIG. 14, which will not be specifically introduced here.
  • the PCF network element can timely determine that the remote UE 1 is not allowed to accept the relay service according to the service subscription information of the remote UE 1 Instruct the RAN to release the relay connection corresponding to the remote UE1; and/or when it is determined that the relay UE1 is not allowed to provide relay services according to the service subscription information of the relay UE1, instruct the relay UE1 to release the relay UE1 correspondence in time And/or when it is determined according to the service subscription information of the relay UE1 that the relay UE1 is not allowed to provide relay services for the remote UE1, instruct the relay UE1 to release the remote UE1 and the relay UE in time
  • the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the terminal UE1 and the relay UE1.
  • the network side can improve the accuracy of the relay connection management and control and the accuracy of charging.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection shown in FIG. 15 can be performed based on the foregoing authorization method 4.
  • the first network element is the PCF network element of the relay UE 1, and the first information is sent by the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 to the relay UE 1.
  • the method for releasing a relay connection provided in the embodiment of the present application may be based on S1101-S1102, S1401, and S1104-S1107 shown in FIG. 14, and replace S1104-S1107 with S1501-S1502:
  • the relay UE 1 sends the first relay connection release information to the SMF network element of the relay UE 1.
  • the first relay connection release information is used to instruct to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay UE 1.
  • the first relay connection release information is used for the SMF network element of the relay UE 1 to release the PDU session resource used by the relay UE 1 for the relay service.
  • the relay UE 1 sends the first relay connection release information to the SMF network element of the relay UE 1 through the AMF network element of the relay UE 1.
  • the SMF network element of the relay UE 1 releases the PDU session resource used by the relay UE 1 for the relay service.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection may be based on S1101-S1102, S1401, and S1501-S1502 shown in FIG. 15, and replace S1102 with: the PCF network element of the relay UE is The relay service subscription information of 1 determines that the relay UE 1 is not allowed to provide relay services for the remote UE 1. And, replace S1501 with: the relay UE 1 requests the SMF network element of the relay UE 1 through the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 to delete the context of the remote UE 1 in the PDU session in which the relay UE 1 provides the relay service.
  • the relay UE 1 may send fourth information to the SMF network element of the relay UE 1, and the fourth information is used to delete the context of the remote UE 1 in the PDU session in which the relay UE 1 provides the relay service.
  • the context of the remote UE 1 may include, but is not limited to, the ID of the remote UE 1 and/or the IP of the remote UE 1.
  • a method for releasing a relay connection provided in an embodiment of the present application may be based on steps S1101-S1102 shown in FIG. 14, and the following steps S1503-S1505:
  • the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 sends the first relay service authorization cancellation information to the AMF network element of the relay UE 1.
  • the first relay service authorization revocation information is used to instruct the revocation of authorization of the relay UE 1 as a relay UE.
  • the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 may send the first relay service authorization cancellation information to the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 through an authorization update message (Authorization Update).
  • Authorization Update an authorization update message
  • the authorization update message (Authorization Update) carries the IDs of all remote UEs that have established a relay connection with the relay UE 1.
  • the first relay service authorization revocation information may include a relay connection release reason value.
  • the relay connection release cause value is used to characterize the cause of the relay connection release.
  • the reasons for the release of the relay connection include: the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 changes. For example, a contract to provide a relay service expires.
  • the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 sends the first relay connection release information to the SMF network element of the relay UE 1.
  • the first relay connection release information is used to instruct to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay UE 1.
  • the first relay connection release information is used for the SMF network element of the relay UE 1 to release the PDU session resource used by the relay UE 1 for the relay service.
  • the first relay connection release information may include a relay connection release reason value.
  • the relay connection release cause value is used to characterize the cause of the relay connection release.
  • the reasons for the release of the relay connection include: the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 changes. For example, a contract to provide a relay service expires.
  • the SMF network element of the relay UE 1 releases the PDU session resource used by the relay UE 1 for the relay service.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection may be based on the method shown in FIG. 15 and replace S1102 with: the PCF network element of the relay UE is determined according to the relay service subscription information of the relay UE 1 The relay UE 1 is not allowed to provide relay services for the remote UE 1. And, replace S1503 with: the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 sends the second relay service authorization revocation information to the AMF network element of the relay UE 1. Among them, the second relay service authorization revocation information is used to instruct the revocation of the authorization relay UE 1 to provide a relay service for the remote UE 1.
  • the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 may send the second relay service authorization cancellation information to the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 through an authorization update message (Authorization Update).
  • the authorization update message (Authorization Update) carries the IDs of all remote UEs that have established a relay connection with the relay UE 1.
  • the AMF network element of the relay UE 1 sends the second relay connection release information to the SMF network element of the relay UE 1.
  • the second relay connection release letter is used to instruct to release the relay connection corresponding to the relay service between the relay UE 1 and the remote UE 1.
  • the second relay connection release information is used for the SMF network element of the relay UE 1 to request to delete the context of the remote UE 1 in the PDU session in which the relay UE 1 provides the relay service. And, replace S1505 with: the SMF network element of the relay UE 1 deletes the context of the remote UE 1 in the PDU session in which the relay UE 1 provides the relay service.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection shown in FIG. 15 is performed based on authorization method 4 initiated by the relay UE 1.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection based on authorization mode 4 initiated by the remote UE 1 can also refer to the method shown in FIG. 15, which will not be specifically introduced here.
  • steps S1101-S1102, S1401, and S1501-S1502 shown in FIG. 15 and replace the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 with the PCF network element of the remote UE 1.
  • steps S1101-S1102 and S1503-S1505 shown in FIG. 15 and replace the PCF network element of the relay UE 1 with the PCF network element of the remote UE 1.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection shown in FIG. 15 can also be performed based on the independent authorization of the layer 3 relay (such as authorization method one), and the method shown in FIG. 15 can also be referred to, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection in the authorization mode 3 above based on the layer 3 relay can also refer to the method shown in FIG. 15.
  • FIG. 18 shows a method for releasing a relay connection, which can be used to release an indirect communication link based on a layer 3 relay. The method is specifically described as follows.
  • the first relay UE receives the seventh information.
  • the seventh information can be used to release the first PDU session of the first relay UE.
  • the seventh information may include an identifier used to identify the first PDU session, and the identifier may be referred to as the identifier of the first PDU session, or may also be referred to as the PDU Session Identifier (PDU Session Identifier, PDU Session ID).
  • PDU Session ID PDU Session Identifier
  • the first PDU session is a PDU session for relaying (PDU session for relaying), that is, the first PDU session is a PDU session for the first relay UE to provide a relay service for the remote UE.
  • the first PDU session may be used to transmit related data of one or more remote UEs, for example, uplink data or downlink data, between the UPF and the relay UE.
  • the seventh information may be information (for example, information elements in a message) or a message.
  • the seventh information may be information or a message used to release a PDU session (it does not limit whether the PDU session is specifically used for provisioning Following services), such as the PDU Session Release Command message, the PDU Session Release Command message may contain the identity of the first PDU session, and the seventh information may also be dedicated to release for providing relay services Information or messages of the PDU session.
  • the seventh information may be sent by the second network element to the first relay UE, where the second network element may be an AMF network element or an SMF network element or a PCF network element corresponding to the first relay UE.
  • the AMF network element corresponding to the first relay UE can be understood as the AMF network element responsible for the mobility management of the first relay UE, and the SMF network element corresponding to the first relay UE can be understood as the first relay UE responsible for managing the first relay UE.
  • the SMF network element of the PDU session and the PCF network element corresponding to the first relay UE can be understood as the PCF network element responsible for managing the first PDU session of the first relay UE.
  • the second network element is the AMF network element corresponding to the first relay UE as an example for drawing.
  • the second network element determines to release the first PDU session.
  • the slice information allowed by the first relay UE (Allowed NSSAI) changes or the slice information authorized to use changes, such as the first PDU session.
  • the SMF network element corresponding to the first relay UE triggers the PDU session release.
  • the SMF network element corresponding to the first relay UE passes through the AMF corresponding to the first relay UE.
  • the network element sends a PDU session release command to the first relay UE.
  • the seventh information is sent by the SMF network element to the first relay UE, or it can be considered as sent by the AMF network element to the first relay UE.
  • the reason why the second network element determines to release the first PDU session may also be other, which is not limited in this application.
  • the first relay UE releases the first PDU session according to the seventh information.
  • S1802 is an optional step.
  • the first relay UE releases the relay connection corresponding to the first PDU session according to the seventh information.
  • the relay connection is used for the first relay UE to communicate with the remote UE.
  • the relay connection may be used for the first relay UE to communicate with one or more remote UEs.
  • the first relay UE may be a relay UE1, and the remote UE includes a remote UE1 and a remote UE2.
  • the relay connection includes a first relay connection and a second relay connection, where the first relay connection
  • the relay connection is used to relay UE1 and remote UE1 to transmit related data of the remote UE1
  • the second relay connection is used to relay UE1 and remote UE2 to transmit related data of the remote UE2.
  • the relay UE1 then transmits related data between the remote UE1 and the remote UE2 and the network through the first PDU session.
  • the relay connection between the first relay UE and the remote UE can communicate through the PC5 link, which is used to transmit the remote UE’s Relay data. Therefore, the relay connection between the first relay UE and the remote UE can also be understood as the PC5 link between the first relay UE and the remote UE. It can be understood as the first PC5 link and the second PC5 link respectively.
  • the first relay UE releasing the relay connection corresponding to the first PDU session according to the seventh information includes releasing one or more relay connections corresponding to the first PDU session, for example, releasing the first relay connection And/or the second relay connection.
  • step S1803 may further include the first relay UE determining whether the first PDU session is used to provide a relay service according to the seventh information, if so, step S1803 is performed; if not, step S1803 is not performed.
  • S1803 can include:
  • the first relay UE determines the relay connection corresponding to the first PDU session according to the seventh information.
  • the first relay UE releases the relay connection.
  • the specific implementation of S11 may include: the first relay UE may determine the PDU session information of the first PDU session according to the identifier of the first PDU session in the seventh information, and then determine the PDU session information of the first PDU session according to the PDU session information, the PDU session information and the first PDU session information.
  • the correspondence between the relay connection information between the relay UE and the remote UE determines the corresponding relay connection information, and the relay connection can be determined according to the relay connection information.
  • the PDU session information of the first PDU session refers to the related information of the first PDU session, specifically, it may include the identifier of the first PDU session and the address information associated with the first PDU session (the address information is used for relaying UE).
  • the address information is used for relaying UE
  • the relay connection information refers to the related information of the relay connection between the first relay UE and the remote UE, and can also be understood as the PC5 link between the first relay UE and the remote UE to obtain related information, specifically , May include the PC5 link ID (PC5 Link ID) and/or the address information associated with the PC5 link (the address information is used to transmit data between the relay UE and the remote UE).
  • PC5 Link ID PC5 Link ID
  • address information associated with the PC5 link (the address information is used to transmit data between the relay UE and the remote UE).
  • the first relay UE may further include the first relay UE determining the first PDU according to the seventh information. Whether the session is used to provide relay services, if yes, execute the above S11, if not, do not execute. In other words, if the first PDU session is a PDU session that provides relay services, the first relay UE then determines the relay connection corresponding to the first PDU session, or in other words, if the first PDU session provides relay services PDU session, the first relay UE releases the relay connection corresponding to the first PDU session.
  • the correspondence relationship between the PDU session information and the relay connection information is obtained by the first relay UE after establishing a relay connection for the remote UE, and the first relay UE stores the correspondence relationship.
  • the correspondence relationship is stored in In the context of the first PDU session.
  • the specific acquisition process can be implemented through the following S21-S25. Take the relay UE1 and the remote UE1 to establish a relay connection to obtain the corresponding relationship between the PDU session information and the relay connection information as an example. Other remote UEs can use the same Way to achieve.
  • the relay UE1 obtains the correspondence between the relay service codeword and the PDU session parameter from the PCF corresponding to the relay UE1 during network registration.
  • the PDU session parameters include information such as the PDU session type, data network name (DNN), and single network slice selection assistance information (S-NSSAI).
  • the remote UE1 sends an indirect communication request message or a direct communication request message to the relay UE1.
  • the above request message is used to establish communication between the remote UE1 and the relay UE1, and includes the relay service codeword of the remote UE1.
  • the relay UE1 determines whether it is necessary to create a new PDU session providing the relay service for the remote UE1 according to the relay service codeword of the remote UE1 and the correspondence between the relay service codeword and the PDU session parameter.
  • the relay UE1 determines the required PDU session parameters (that is, the PDU session corresponding to the relay service codeword of the remote UE1) according to the corresponding relationship between the relay service codeword of the remote UE1 and the relay service codeword and the PDU session parameter.
  • the parameter is recorded as the target PDU session parameter), and then according to the established PDU session that provides the relay service, it is determined whether it is necessary to create a new PDU session that provides the relay service for the remote UE1.
  • the PDU session parameters of the established PDU session providing relay services include target PDU session parameters, there is no need to create a new PDU session for the remote UE1; if the PDU session parameters of the established PDU session providing relay services do not include the target For any one of the PDU session parameters, it is necessary to create a new PDU session for the remote UE1.
  • the PDU session that finally provides the relay service for the remote UE1 is the first PDU session mentioned above.
  • the relay UE1 obtains the correspondence between the PDU session information and the relay connection information.
  • the relay UE1 may store the correspondence between the PDU session information corresponding to the first PDU session and the information of the relay connection between the relay UE1 and the remote UE1, such as stored in the context of the first PDU session .
  • This correspondence can bind or associate the PDU session in which the relay UE1 provides the relay service for the remote UE1 with the PC5 link between the relay UE1 and the remote UE1.
  • the correspondence between the PDU session information and the relay connection information can be characterized by the correspondence between the PDU session identifier and the PC5 link identifier.
  • the relay UE1 is a remote UE1 to provide a relay service During the PDU session, the relay UE1 allocates the PDU session identifier for the new PDU session. After the remote UE1 establishes the PC5 link with the relay UE1, the relay UE1 also allocates the PC5 link identifier for the PC5 link, and the PDU It is sufficient to establish a corresponding relationship between the session identifier and the PC5 link identifier.
  • relay UE1 When an established PDU session that provides relay services is used to provide relay services for remote UE1, after remote UE1 and relay UE1 establish a PC5 link, relay UE1 assigns a PC5 link identifier to the PC5 link Establish a corresponding relationship between the PDU session identifier of the established PDU session and the PC5 link identifier.
  • the correspondence between the PDU session information and the relay connection information may be characterized by the correspondence between the address information associated with the PDU session and the address information associated with the PC5 link.
  • the correspondence relationship between the PDU session information and the relay connection information can also be characterized by the correspondence relationship between other information contained in the aforementioned PDU session information and other information contained in the relay connection information, which is not limited in this application.
  • a corresponding relationship is established between the relay service codeword of the remote UE1 and the PDU session identifier of the PDU session that provides the relay service for the remote UE1, and the corresponding relationship may be used as the context of the PDU session.
  • a corresponding relationship is also established between the relay service codeword of the remote UE1 and the PC5 link identifier of the remote UE1 and the relay UE1.
  • the corresponding relationship can be used as the context of the PC5 link.
  • the first relay UE obtains the correspondence between the PDU session information and the relay connection information through the above S21-S25.
  • the first relay UE receives the seventh information, it can be determined according to the identification of the first PDU session in the seventh information
  • the relay connection is determined by the correspondence between the foregoing PDU session information and the information of the relay connection.
  • S12 may include: the first relay UE to the first remote UE in a specific implementation.
  • Send eighth information where the eighth information is used to release the relay connection between the first relay UE and the first remote UE.
  • the first relay UE releases the relay connection determined by S11.
  • the foregoing relay UE1 releases the first relay connection with the remote UE1.
  • There is a relay connection between other remote UEs but the correspondence between the PDU session information and the relay connection information has not been obtained (that is, the above S21-S25 has not been performed), and the relay UE1 will not release the connection with other remote UEs.
  • Relay connection Exemplarily, if a second relay connection is established between the relay UE1 and the remote UE2, and the relay UE1 does not save the PDU session information of the first PDU session and the information of the second relay connection, it cannot obtain the information of the first PDU session. The corresponding relationship between the PDU session information and the information of the second relay connection. When the relay UE1 receives the seventh information, the second relay connection will not be released.
  • releasing the relay connection between the relay UE1 and the remote UE1 may include deleting the context of the PC5 link between the relay UE1 and the remote UE1.
  • the eighth information may include a cause value used to characterize the release cause of the relay connection (that is, the eighth information includes the relay connection release cause value), and the relay connection release cause value includes: the first relay UE's first The PDU session is released.
  • the eighth information in this application may be a link release message.
  • S12 may also include: the first relay UE releases the first relay when implemented.
  • the first relay UE After establishing the correspondence between the PDU session information corresponding to PDU session 1 and the information of the relay connection between the relay UE1 and the remote UE1, through the above S1801-S1803, the first relay UE receives the release for When the first relay UE provides the PDU session of the relay service to the remote UE, it can determine the relay connection corresponding to the PDU session according to the above-mentioned corresponding relationship, and release the relay connection in time, so that the first relay connection can be released in time. One relays the communication resources between the UE and the remote UE to improve the utilization of resources.
  • the method for releasing the relay connection shown in FIG. 18 can be applied to any UE (denoted as UEA), and the UEA receives the information used to release a PDU session (for example, it can be denoted as the ninth message).
  • the PDU session is a PDU session for data transmission between UEA and UPF
  • UEA releases the PDU session according to the ninth information, and determines, according to the ninth information, whether UEA provides relay services for one or more other UEs through the PDU session If yes, UEA releases part or all of the relay connections corresponding to the PDU session according to the ninth information; if not, UEA releases the PDU session.
  • the size of the sequence number of the foregoing processes does not mean the order of execution.
  • the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be implemented in this application.
  • the implementation process of the example constitutes any limitation.
  • the relay UE, remote UE, access network equipment or other network equipment includes executing each The hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to the function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered as going beyond the scope of this application.
  • the embodiments of this application can divide the functional modules of relay UE, remote UE, access network equipment or other network equipment (such as PCF network element, SMF network element or AMF network element) and other equipment, for example, can correspond to each function Divide each function module, also can integrate two or more functions into one processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • the communication device may be a relay UE or a remote UE.
  • the communication device may include a transceiving unit 1610 and a processing unit 1620.
  • the transceiver unit 1610 is used to support the relay UE to perform the above steps S701, S702, S703, S704, S705, S801, S901, S902, S1001, S1002, S1103, S1104, S1105, S1301 , S1401, S1501, or S1801, and/or other processes used in the techniques described herein.
  • the processing unit 1620 is used to assist the relay UE to perform the above steps S701, S702, S703, S704, S705, S801, S901, S902, S1001, S1002, S1116, S1204A, S1208A, S1205B, S1209B, S1802 or S1803, and/or use Other processes in the technology described in this article.
  • the transceiver unit 1610 is used to support the remote UE to perform the above steps S701, S702, S703, S705, S706, S1105, S1110 or S1112, and/or other processes used in the technology described herein .
  • the processing unit 1620 is used to assist the remote UE to perform the above steps S701, S702, S703, S705, S706, S707, S1107 or S1111, and/or other processes used in the technology described herein.
  • the communication device may be the aforementioned access network equipment, AMF network element, PCF network element, or SMF network element.
  • the communication device may include a transceiving unit 1710 and a processing unit 1720.
  • the foregoing transceiver unit 1710 is used to support the access network device to perform the foregoing steps S601, S602, S701, S702, S704, S706, S707, S901, S902, S1001, S1002, S1103 , S1104, S1110, S1112, S1115, S1203A, S1207A, S1204B, S1208B, S1301, S1401, S1402, or S1501, and/or other processes used in the techniques described herein.
  • the processing unit 1702 is used to assist the access network device to perform the above steps S602, S701, S702, S704, S706, S707, S801, S1001, S1002, S1004, S1005, S1007 or S1101, or to support the access network device to perform the above steps S1106, S1116, S1204A, S1208A, S1205B, S1209B, or S1403, and/or other processes used in the techniques described herein.
  • the above transceiver unit 1710 is used to support the AMF network element to perform the above steps S601, S602, S701, S704, S706, S801, S802, S803, S901, S902, S1001, S1002, S1103, S1113 , S1115, S1201A, S1203A, S1205A, S1207A, S1201B, S1203B, S1204B, S1206B, S1208B, S1301, S1401, S1501, S1503, S1504, or S1801, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the processing unit 1702 is used to assist the AMF network element to perform the above steps S602, S701, S704, S706, S707, S801, S802, S803, S901, S902, S1001 or S1002, or to assist the AMF network element to perform the above steps S1114, S1202A, S1206A, S1202B, or S1207B, and/or other processes used in the techniques described herein.
  • the above transceiver unit 1710 is used to support the PCF network element to perform the above steps S601, S602, S704, S1001, S1002, S1101, S1103, S1108, S1110, S1401, S1503 or S1801, and/or Other processes used in the techniques described in this article.
  • the processing unit 1702 is used to assist the PCF network element to perform the above steps S602, S701, S704, S1001 or S1002, or to support the PCF network element to perform the above steps S1102 or S1109, and/or other processes used in the technology described herein .
  • the foregoing transceiver unit 1710 is used to support the SMF network element to perform the foregoing steps S701, S1401, S1501, S1504, or S1801, and/or other processes used in the technology described herein.
  • the processing unit is used to support the SMF network element to perform the above step S1502 or S1505, and/or other processes used in the technology described herein.
  • the above-mentioned transceiving unit 1610 and transceiving unit 1710 may include radio frequency circuits.
  • the UE or network equipment can receive and send wireless signals through radio frequency circuits.
  • the radio frequency circuit includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like.
  • the radio frequency circuit can also communicate with other devices through wireless communication.
  • the wireless communication can use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications, General Packet Radio Service, Code Division Multiple Access, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, Long Term Evolution, Email, Short Message Service, etc.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
  • the steps of the method or algorithm described in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in a hardware manner, or may be implemented in a manner in which a processor executes software instructions.
  • Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, which can be stored in RAM memory, flash memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, mobile hard disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage known in the art Medium.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor, so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and can write information to the storage medium.
  • the storage medium may also be an integral part of the processor.
  • the processor and the storage medium may be located in the ASIC.
  • the ASIC may be located in the detection device.
  • the processor and the storage medium may also exist as discrete components in the detection device.
  • This application provides a communication system, which includes an access network device, an AMF network element, and a PCF network element.
  • the communication system is used to implement any one of the possible implementation methods provided in this application.
  • the AMF network element or the PCF network element in the communication system is used to implement steps S601 and S602 shown in FIG. 6, or
  • the access network equipment, AMF network elements, and PCF network elements in the communication system are used to assist in realizing the authorization process of the remote UE and/or the relay UE as shown in Fig. 7, Fig. 8, Fig. 9 or Fig.
  • the access network equipment, AMF network elements, and PCF network elements in the communication system are used to assist in the implementation of the relay connection release shown in Figure 11, Figure 12A, Figure 12B, Figure 13, Figure 14, Figure 15 or Figure 18. process.
  • the communication system may also include the remote UE and the relay UE in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a memory, and computer program code is stored in the memory; when the computer program code is executed by the processor, the first network element in each of the above-mentioned methods provided in this application is implemented, Actions of the networked device or the first UE.
  • the communication device may be the chip system, and the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • the disclosed device and method can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be It can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be omitted or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate parts may or may not be physically separate.
  • the parts displayed as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple different places. . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the software product is stored in a storage medium. It includes several instructions to make a device (may be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请公开了一种释放中继连接的方法、设备及系统，涉及通信技术领域，能够在远端UE和/或中继UE的签约或授权信息有改变时及时做出反应，提高网络侧对中继连接管控的准确性和收费的准确性等问题。本申请中，第一网元在确定远端UE和/或中继UE的签约或授权信息有改变时，可以及时指示释放远端UE或中继UE对应的中继连接，或释放远端UE和中继UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。通过根据远端UE和/或中继UE的业务签约信息及时做出反应，可以提高网络侧对中继连接管控的准确性和收费的准确性等问题。

Description

一种释放中继连接的方法、设备及系统
本申请要求于2020年06月17日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202010555705.5、申请名称为“一种释放中继连接的方法、设备及系统”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种释放中继连接的方法、设备及系统。
背景技术
随着智能终端的广泛使用，为了提高频谱利用率、系统吞吐量、增大网络覆盖范围等，临近服务(proximity service，ProSe)通信被越来越广泛的应用。例如，当用户设备(user equipment，UE)1处于网络覆盖之外或与无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)之间的通信连接不稳定时，UE 1可以通过具有中继能力的UE 2实现与网络侧的通信。通过建立远端UE、中继UE到网络侧的通信方式，可以扩展支持处在网络覆盖外UE(如UE 1)与网络侧之间的通信。
如图1所示，在第五代移动通信技术(5th-Generation，5G)通信系统架构中，远端UE可以通过中继UE接入网络。远端UE与中继UE之间可以通过PC5接口(ProSe Communication 5)通信，例如通过PC5接口进行数据面和控制面的信息传输。通常，网络需要授权远端UE可以通过中继UE接入网络。例如，在UE 1被允许使用UE 2作为中继设备传输业务数据，且UE 2被允许可以为UE 1提供中继服务的前提下，UE 1才能与UE 2建立中继连接进而接入网络。在这种情况下，UE 1也可以被称为远端UE(Remote UE)，UE 2也可以被称为中继UE(Relay UE)。
但是，在远端UE和中继UE已经建立了中继连接之后，若远端UE和/或中继UE的签约或授权信息有改变，例如UE 1使用UE 2作为中继设备传输业务数据的签约到期，UE 2为UE 1提供中继服务的签约到期，或者UE 2提供中继服务的签约到期等，远端UE和中继UE无法及时做出反应。这会导致网络侧对中继连接管控不准确、收费不准确等问题。
发明内容
本申请提供一种释放中继连接的方法、设备及系统，能够在远端UE和/或中继UE的签约或授权信息有改变时及时做出反应，提高网络侧对中继连接管控的准确性和收费的准确性等问题。
为达到上述目的，本申请实施例采用如下技术方案：
第一方面，提供一种释放中继连接的方法，该方法包括：第一网元获得第一UE的中继业务签约信息；第一网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息，发送第一信息；其中，第一信息用于释放第一UE对应的中继连接，或释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
上述第一方面提供的技术方案，第一网元在根据远端UE和/或中继UE的业务签约信息确定远端UE和/或中继UE的签约或授权信息有改变时，可以及时指示释放远 端UE或中继UE对应的中继连接，或释放远端UE和中继UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。通过根据远端UE和/或中继UE的业务签约信息及时做出反应，可以提高网络侧对中继连接管控的准确性和收费的准确性等问题。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当第一信息用于释放第一UE对应的中继连接时，第一信息是第一中继服务授权撤销信息或者第一中继连接释放信息；第一中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权第一UE作为中继UE或远端UE；第一中继连接释放信息用于指示释放第一UE对应的中继连接。本申请支持第一网元通过第一中继服务授权撤销信息或者第一中继连接释放信息指示释放第一UE对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE是中继UE，第一网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息，发送第一信息，包括：当第一UE的中继业务签约信息从包括第一UE被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息改变为不包括第一UE被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息时，第一网元发送第一信息；或者，第一网元根据中继业务签约信息确定第一UE从被允许为远端UE提供中继服务改变为不被允许为远端UE提供中继服务时，第一网元发送第一信息。其中，第一信息用于释放第一UE对应的中继连接。本申请中，不限定第一UE的中继业务签约信息的具体形式。例如，第一UE的中继业务签约信息可以包括第一UE被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息。或者，第一UE的中继业务签约信息还可以表现为其他能够体现出第一UE是否被允许为远端UE提供中继服务的形式。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE是远端UE，第一网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息，发送第一信息，包括：当第一UE的中继业务签约信息从包括第一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息改变为不包括第一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息时，第一网元发送第一信息；或者，当第一网元根据中继业务签约信息确定第一UE从被允许接受中继服务改变为不被允许接受中继服务时，第一网元发送第一信息。其中，第一信息用于释放第一UE对应的中继连接。本申请中，不限定第一UE的中继业务签约信息的具体形式。例如，第一UE的中继业务签约信息可以包括一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息。或者，第一UE的中继业务签约信息还可以表现为其他能够体现出第一UE是否被允许接受中继服务的形式。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当第一信息用于释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接时，第一信息是第二中继服务授权撤销信息或者第二中继连接释放信息；其中，第二中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权第一UE为第二UE提供中继服务，或撤销授权第一UE接受第二UE提供的中继服务；第二中继连接释放信息用于指示释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。本申请支持第一网络通过第二中继服务授权撤销信息或者第二中继连接释放信息指示释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE是中继UE，第一网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息，发送第一信息，包括：当第一UE的中继业务签约信息从包括第一UE被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息且远端UE的标识信息包括第二UE的标识信息，改变为不包括第一UE被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息时，第 一网元发送所述第一信息；或者，当第一UE的中继业务签约信息中第一UE被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息从包括第二UE的标识信息改变为不包括第二UE的标识信息时，第一网元发送第一信息；或者，当第一网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息确定第一UE从被允许为所第二UE提供中继服务改变为不被允许为第二UE提供中继服务时，第一网元发送第一信息；其中，第一信息用于释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。本申请中，不限定第一UE的中继业务签约信息的具体形式。例如，第一UE的中继业务签约信息可以包括第一UE被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息。又如，第一UE的中继业务签约信息可以包括第一UE是否被允许为第二UE提供中继服务的标识信息。或者，第一UE的中继业务签约信息还可以表现为其他能够体现出第一UE是否被允许为所第二UE提供中继服务的形式。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE是远端UE，第一网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息，发送第一信息，包括：当第一UE的中继业务签约信息从包括第一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息且中继UE的标识信息包括第二UE的标识信息，改变为不包括第一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息时，第一网元发送第一信息；或者，当第一UE的中继业务签约信息中第一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息从包括第二UE的标识信息改变为不包括第二UE的标识信息时，第一网元发送第一信息；或者，当第一网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息确定第一UE从被允许接受第二UE提供的中继服务改变为不被允许接受第二UE提供的中继服务时，第一网元发送第一信息；其中，第一信息用于释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。本申请中，不限定第一UE的中继业务签约信息的具体形式。例如，第一UE的中继业务签约信息可以包括第一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息。又如，第一UE的中继业务签约信息可以包括第一UE是否被允许接受第二UE提供的中继服务的标识信息。或者，第一UE的中继业务签约信息还可以表现为其他能够体现出第一UE是否被允许接受第二UE提供的中继服务的形式。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一信息包括第二UE的标识信息。通过在第一信息中携带第二UE的标识信息，便于准确确定释放第一UE与哪一个第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一网元发送第一信息，包括：第一网元向接入网设备、第一UE或第一UE的会话管理功能(session management function，SMF)网元发送第一信息。本申请支持通过接入网设备、第一UE或第一UE的SMF网元完成第一UE对应的中继连接的释放，或者第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接的释放。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一网元是接入与移动管理功能(access and mobility management function，AMF)网元或者策略控制功能(policy control function，PCF)网元。本申请支持AMF网元或PCF网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息指示释放第一UE对应的中继连接，或释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一信息包括中继连接释放原因值，该中继连接 释放原因值用于表征中继连接释放的原因。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述中继连接释放的原因包括：第一UE的中继业务签约信息发生改变。
第二方面，提供一种释放中继连接的方法，该方法包括：接入网设备接收用于释放第一UE对应的中继连接的第二信息；接入网设备根据第二信息，释放第一UE对应的中继连接。
上述第二方面提供的技术方案，接入网设备根据接收到的用于释放第一UE对应的中继连接的第二信息，释放第一UE对应的中继连接。示例性的，第二信息可以是第一网元在根据远端UE和/或中继UE的业务签约信息确定远端UE和/或中继UE的签约或授权信息有改变时，发送给接入网设备的，或者通过其他网元发送给接入网设备的。通过根据远端UE和/或中继UE的业务签约信息及时做出反应，可以提高网络侧对中继连接管控的准确性和收费的准确性等问题。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第二信息是第一中继服务授权撤销信息或者第一中继连接释放信息；第一中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权第一UE作为中继UE或远端UE；第一中继连接释放信息用于指示释放第一UE对应的中继连接。本申请支持网元通过第一中继服务授权撤销信息或者第一中继连接释放信息指示接入网设备释放第一UE对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述接入网设备接收第二信息，包括：接入网设备从第一网元接收第二信息，第一网元是第一UE的PCF网元或第一UE的AMF网元；或者，接入网设备从第一UE接收第二信息。本申请支持接入网设备根据来自第一网元、第一UE的PCF网元、第一UE的AMF网元或第一UE的第二信息释放第一UE对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE是中继UE，接入网设备根据第二信息，释放第一UE对应的中继连接，包括：接入网设备根据第二信息释放第一UE与接入网设备之间用于中继连接的通信资源。在本申请中，第一UE对应的中继连接可以包括第一UE与接入网设备之间用于中继连接的通信资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述接入网设备根据第二信息，释放第一UE对应的中继连接，还包括：接入网设备根据第二信息释放第一UE与远端UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源。在本申请中，第一UE对应的中继连接还可以包括中继UE与远端UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE是远端UE，接入网设备根据第二信息释放第一UE对应的中继连接，包括：接入网设备根据第二信息，释放以下资源中的至少一种：接入网设备用于中继连接的通信资源；第一UE与中继UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源。在本申请中，远端UE对应的中继连接可以包括接入网设备用于中继连接的通信资源和/或远端UE与中继UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第二信息包括中继连接释放原因值，中继连接释放原因值用于表征中继连接释放的原因；其中，中继连接释放的原因包括：第一UE的中继业务签约信息发生改变。
第三方面，提供一种释放中继连接的方法，该方法包括：第一UE接收用于释放 第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接的第二信息；第一UE根据第二信息，释放上述中继连接。
上述第三方面提供的技术方案，第一UE根据接收到的用于释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接的第二信息，释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。示例性的，第二信息可以是第一网元在根据远端UE和/或中继UE的业务签约信息确定远端UE和/或中继UE的签约或授权信息有改变时，发送给第一UE的，或者通过其他网元发送给第一UE的。通过根据远端UE和/或中继UE的业务签约信息及时做出反应，可以提高网络侧对中继连接管控的准确性和收费的准确性等问题。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE接收第二信息，包括：第一UE从第二网元接收第二信息；其中，第二网元是接入网设备或者第一UE的AMF网元。本申请支持第一UE根据来自接入网设备或者第一UE的AMF网元的第二信息释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第二信息是第二中继服务授权撤销信息或者第二中继连接释放信息；第二中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权第一UE为第二UE提供中继服务，或撤销授权第一UE接受第二UE提供的中继服务；第二中继连接释放信息用于指示释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。本申请支持第一UE根据第二中继服务授权撤销信息或者第二中继连接释放信息释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE是中继UE，第二UE是接受第一UE提供中继服务的远端UE，第一UE根据第二信息，释放中继连接，包括：第一UE根据第二信息，向接入网设备发送用于释放第一UE与接入网设备之间用于中继连接的通信资源的第三信息；或者，第一UE根据第二信息，向第一UE的AMF网元发送用于删除第一UE提供中继服务的协议数据单元(protocol data unit，PDU)会话中第二UE的上下文的第四信息。本申请支持中继UE根据第二信息向接入网设备或者中继UE的AMF网元请求删除中继UE提供中继服务的PDU会话中远端UE的上下文。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE是远端UE，第二UE是为第一UE提供中继服务的中继UE；第一UE根据第二信息，释放中继连接，包括：第一UE根据第二信息，向接入网设备发送用于释放接入网设备用于中继连接的通信资源的第五信息。本申请支持远端UE根据第二信息向接入网设备请求释放接入网设备用于中继连接的通信资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述方法还包括：第一UE根据第二信息，向第二UE发送用于释放第一UE与第二UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源的第六信息。本申请还支持远端UE向中继UE请求释放第一UE与第二UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源，或者中继UE向远端UE指示释放第一UE与第二UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第二信息包括第二UE的标识信息。通过在第二信息中携带第二UE的标识信息，便于准确确定释放第一UE与哪一个第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第二信息包括中继连接释放原因值，中继连接释 放原因值用于表征中继连接释放的原因；其中，中继连接释放的原因包括：第一UE的中继业务签约信息发生改变。
第四方面，提供一种释放中继连接的方法，该方法包括：接入网设备接收用于释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接的第二信息；接入网设备根据第二信息，释放上述中继连接。
上述第四方面提供的技术方案，接入网设备根据接收到的用于释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接的第二信息，释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。示例性的，第二信息可以是第一网元在根据远端UE和/或中继UE的业务签约信息确定远端UE和/或中继UE的签约或授权信息有改变时，发送给接入网设备的，或者通过其他网元发送给接入网设备的。通过根据远端UE和/或中继UE的业务签约信息及时做出反应，可以提高网络侧对中继连接管控的准确性和收费的准确性等问题。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第二信息是第二中继服务授权撤销信息或者第二中继连接释放信息；第二中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权第一UE为第二UE提供中继服务，或撤销授权第一UE接受第二UE提供的中继服务；第二中继连接释放信息用于指示释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。本申请支持第一UE根据第二中继服务授权撤销信息或者第二中继连接释放信息释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述接入网设备接收第二信息，包括：接入网设备从第一网元接收第二信息，第一网元是第一UE的PCF网元或第一UE的AMF网元；或者，接入网设备从第一UE或者第二UE接收第二信息。本申请支持接入网设备根据来自第一网元、第一UE的PCF网元、第一UE的AMF网元、第一UE或第二UE的第二信息释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE是中继UE，接入网设备根据第二信息，释放中继连接，包括：接入网设备根据第二信息，释放以下资源中的至少一种：第一UE与接入网设备之间用于中继连接的通信资源；第一UE与第二UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源。在本申请中，第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接可以包括中继UE与接入网设备之间用于中继连接的通信资源和/或远端UE与中继UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE是远端UE，接入网设备根据第二信息，释放中继连接，包括：接入网设备根据第二信息，释放以下资源中的至少一种：接入网设备用于中继连接的通信资源；第一UE与第二UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源。本申请中，第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接可以包括接入网设备用于中继连接的通信资源和/或远端UE与中继UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第二信息包括中继连接释放原因值，中继连接释放原因值用于表征中继连接释放的原因；其中，中继连接释放的原因包括：第一UE的中继业务签约信息发生改变。
第五方面，提供一种释放中继连接的方法，该方法包括：第一UE接收用于释放第一UE对应的中继连接的第二信息；第一UE根据第二信息，释放第一UE对应的中 继连接。
上述第五方面提供的技术方案，第一UE根据接收到的用于释放第一UE对应的中继连接的第二信息，释放第一UE对应的中继连接。示例性的，第二信息可以是第一网元在根据远端UE和/或中继UE的业务签约信息确定远端UE和/或中继UE的签约或授权信息有改变时，发送给第一UE的，或者通过其他网元发送给第一UE的。通过根据远端UE和/或中继UE的业务签约信息及时做出反应，可以提高网络侧对中继连接管控的准确性和收费的准确性等问题。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE接收第二信息，包括：第一UE从第二网元接收第二信息；其中，第二网元是接入网设备或者第一UE的AMF网元。本申请支持第一UE根据来自接入网设备或者第一UE的AMF网元的第二信息释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第二信息是第一中继服务授权撤销信息或者第一中继连接释放信息；第一中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权第一UE作为中继UE或远端UE；第一中继连接释放信息用于指示释放第一UE对应的中继连接。本申请支持网元通过第一中继服务授权撤销信息或者第一中继连接释放信息指示接入网设备释放第一UE对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE是中继UE，第一UE根据第二信息，释放第一UE对应的中继连接，包括：第一UE根据第二信息，向接入网设备发送用于释放第一UE与接入网设备之间用于所中继连接的通信资源的第三信息；或者，第一UE根据第二信息，向第一UE的AMF网元发送用于释放第一UE用于提供中继服务的PDU会话的第四信息。本申请支持中继UE根据第二信息向接入网设备请求释放第一UE与接入网设备之间用于所中继连接的通信资源，或者向中继UE的AMF网元请求释放第一UE用于提供中继服务的PDU会话。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE是远端UE，第一UE根据第二信息，释放第一UE对应的中继连接，包括：第一UE根据第二信息，向接入网设备发送用于释放接入网设备用于中继连接的通信资源的第五信息。本申请支持远端UE根据第二信息向接入网设备请求释放接入网设备用于中继连接的通信资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第二信息包括中继连接释放原因值，中继连接释放原因值用于表征中继连接释放的原因；其中，中继连接释放的原因包括：第一UE的中继业务签约信息发生改变。
第六方面，提供一种第一网元，该第一网元包括：信息获取单元，用于获得第一UE的中继业务签约信息；处理单元，用于根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息，通过收发单元发送第一信息；其中，第一信息用于释放第一UE对应的中继连接，或释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
上述第六方面提供的技术方案，第一网元在根据远端UE和/或中继UE的业务签约信息确定远端UE和/或中继UE的签约或授权信息有改变时，可以及时指示释放远端UE或中继UE对应的中继连接，或释放远端UE和中继UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。通过根据远端UE和/或中继UE的业务签约信息及时做出反应，可以提高网络侧对中继连接管控的准确性和收费的准确性等问题。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当第一信息用于释放第一UE对应的中继连接时，第一信息是第一中继服务授权撤销信息或者第一中继连接释放信息；第一中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权第一UE作为中继UE或远端UE；第一中继连接释放信息用于指示释放第一UE对应的中继连接。本申请支持第一网元通过第一中继服务授权撤销信息或者第一中继连接释放信息指示释放第一UE对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE是中继UE，处理单元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息，通过收发单元发送第一信息，包括：当第一UE的中继业务签约信息从包括第一UE被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息改变为不包括第一UE被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息时，处理单元通过收发单元发送第一信息；或者，处理单元根据中继业务签约信息确定第一UE从被允许为远端UE提供中继服务改变为不被允许为远端UE提供中继服务时，通过收发单元发送第一信息发送第一信息。其中，第一信息用于释放第一UE对应的中继连接。本申请中，不限定第一UE的中继业务签约信息的具体形式。例如，第一UE的中继业务签约信息可以包括第一UE被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息。或者，第一UE的中继业务签约信息还可以表现为其他能够体现出第一UE是否被允许为远端UE提供中继服务的形式。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE是远端UE，处理单元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息，通过收发单元发送第一信息，包括：当第一UE的中继业务签约信息从包括第一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息改变为不包括第一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息时，处理单元通过收发单元发送第一信息；或者，当处理单元根据中继业务签约信息确定第一UE从被允许接受中继服务改变为不被允许接受中继服务时，通过收发单元发送第一信息。其中，第一信息用于释放第一UE对应的中继连接。本申请中，不限定第一UE的中继业务签约信息的具体形式。例如，第一UE的中继业务签约信息可以包括一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息。或者，第一UE的中继业务签约信息还可以表现为其他能够体现出第一UE是否被允许接受中继服务的形式。
在一种可能的实现方式中，当第一信息用于释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接时，第一信息是第二中继服务授权撤销信息或者第二中继连接释放信息；其中，第二中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权第一UE为第二UE提供中继服务，或撤销授权第一UE接受第二UE提供的中继服务；第二中继连接释放信息用于指示释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。本申请支持第一网络通过第二中继服务授权撤销信息或者第二中继连接释放信息指示释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE是中继UE，处理单元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息，通过收发单元发送第一信息，包括：当第一UE的中继业务签约信息从包括第一UE被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息且远端UE的标识信息包括第二UE的标识信息，改变为不包括第一UE被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息时，处理单元通过收发单元发送第一信息；或者，当第一UE的中继业务签约信息中第一UE被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息从包括第二UE的标识信息改变为不包括第二UE的标识信息时，处理单元通过收发单元发送第一信息；或者，当 处理单元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息确定第一UE从被允许为所第二UE提供中继服务改变为不被允许为第二UE提供中继服务时，通过收发单元发送第一信息；其中，第一信息用于释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。本申请中，不限定第一UE的中继业务签约信息的具体形式。例如，第一UE的中继业务签约信息可以包括第一UE被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息。又如，第一UE的中继业务签约信息可以包括第一UE是否被允许为第二UE提供中继服务的标识信息。或者，第一UE的中继业务签约信息还可以表现为其他能够体现出第一UE是否被允许为所第二UE提供中继服务的形式。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE是远端UE，处理单元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息，通过收发单元发送第一信息，包括：当第一UE的中继业务签约信息从包括第一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息且中继UE的标识信息包括第二UE的标识信息，改变为不包括第一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息时，处理单元通过收发单元发送第一信息；或者，当第一UE的中继业务签约信息中第一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息从包括第二UE的标识信息改变为不包括第二UE的标识信息时，第一网元发送第一信息；或者，当处理单元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息确定第一UE从被允许接受第二UE提供的中继服务改变为不被允许接受第二UE提供的中继服务时，通过收发单元发送第一信息；其中，第一信息用于释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。本申请中，不限定第一UE的中继业务签约信息的具体形式。例如，第一UE的中继业务签约信息可以包括第一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息。又如，第一UE的中继业务签约信息可以包括第一UE是否被允许接受第二UE提供的中继服务的标识信息。或者，第一UE的中继业务签约信息还可以表现为其他能够体现出第一UE是否被允许接受第二UE提供的中继服务的形式。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一信息包括第二UE的标识信息。通过在第一信息中携带第二UE的标识信息，便于准确确定释放第一UE与哪一个第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述处理单元通过收发单元发送第一信息，包括：处理单元通过收发单元向接入网设备、第一UE或第一UE的SMF网元发送第一信息。本申请支持通过接入网设备、第一UE或第一UE的SMF网元完成第一UE对应的中继连接的释放，或者第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接的释放。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一网元是AMF网元或者PCF网元。本申请支持AMF网元或PCF网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息指示释放第一UE对应的中继连接，或释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一信息包括中继连接释放原因值，该中继连接释放原因值用于表征中继连接释放的原因。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述中继连接释放的原因包括：第一UE的中继业务签约信息发生改变。
第七方面，提供一种接入网设备，该接入网设备包括：收发单元，用于接收用于释放第一UE对应的中继连接的第二信息；处理单元，用于根据第二信息，释放第一 UE对应的中继连接。
上述第七方面提供的技术方案，接入网设备根据接收到的用于释放第一UE对应的中继连接的第二信息，释放第一UE对应的中继连接。示例性的，第二信息可以是第一网元在根据远端UE和/或中继UE的业务签约信息确定远端UE和/或中继UE的签约或授权信息有改变时，发送给接入网设备的，或者通过其他网元发送给接入网设备的。通过根据远端UE和/或中继UE的业务签约信息及时做出反应，可以提高网络侧对中继连接管控的准确性和收费的准确性等问题。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第二信息是第一中继服务授权撤销信息或者第一中继连接释放信息；第一中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权第一UE作为中继UE或远端UE；第一中继连接释放信息用于指示释放第一UE对应的中继连接。本申请支持网元通过第一中继服务授权撤销信息或者第一中继连接释放信息指示接入网设备释放第一UE对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述收发单元接收第二信息，包括：收发单元从第一网元接收第二信息，第一网元是第一UE的PCF网元或第一UE的AMF网元；或者，接入网设备从第一UE接收第二信息。本申请支持接入网设备根据来自第一网元、第一UE的PCF网元、第一UE的AMF网元或第一UE的第二信息释放第一UE对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE是中继UE，处理单元根据第二信息，释放第一UE对应的中继连接，包括：处理单元根据第二信息释放第一UE与接入网设备之间用于中继连接的通信资源。在本申请中，第一UE对应的中继连接可以包括第一UE与接入网设备之间用于中继连接的通信资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述处理单元根据第二信息，释放第一UE对应的中继连接，还包括：处理单元根据第二信息释放第一UE与远端UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源。在本申请中，第一UE对应的中继连接还可以包括中继UE与远端UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE是远端UE，处理单元根据第二信息释放第一UE对应的中继连接，包括：处理单元根据第二信息，释放以下资源中的至少一种：接入网设备用于中继连接的通信资源；第一UE与中继UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源。在本申请中，远端UE对应的中继连接可以包括接入网设备用于中继连接的通信资源和/或远端UE与中继UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第二信息包括中继连接释放原因值，中继连接释放原因值用于表征中继连接释放的原因；其中，中继连接释放的原因包括：第一UE的中继业务签约信息发生改变。
第八方面，提供一种第一UE，该第一UE包括：收发单元，用于接收用于释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接的第二信息；处理单元，用于根据第二信息，释放上述中继连接。
上述第八方面提供的技术方案，第一UE根据接收到的用于释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接的第二信息，释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。示例性的，第二信息可以是第一网元在根据远端UE和/或中继 UE的业务签约信息确定远端UE和/或中继UE的签约或授权信息有改变时，发送给第一UE的，或者通过其他网元发送给第一UE的。通过根据远端UE和/或中继UE的业务签约信息及时做出反应，可以提高网络侧对中继连接管控的准确性和收费的准确性等问题。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述收发单元接收第二信息，包括：收发单元从第二网元接收第二信息；其中，第二网元是接入网设备或者第一UE的AMF网元。本申请支持第一UE根据来自接入网设备或者第一UE的AMF网元的第二信息释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第二信息是第二中继服务授权撤销信息或者第二中继连接释放信息；第二中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权第一UE为第二UE提供中继服务，或撤销授权第一UE接受第二UE提供的中继服务；第二中继连接释放信息用于指示释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。本申请支持第一UE根据第二中继服务授权撤销信息或者第二中继连接释放信息释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE是中继UE，第二UE是接受第一UE提供中继服务的远端UE，处理单元根据第二信息，释放中继连接，包括：处理单元根据第二信息，通过收发单元向接入网设备发送用于释放第一UE与接入网设备之间用于中继连接的通信资源的第三信息；或者，处理单元根据第二信息，通过收发单元向第一UE的AMF网元发送用于删除第一UE提供中继服务的PDU会话中第二UE的上下文的第四信息。本申请支持中继UE根据第二信息向接入网设备或者中继UE的AMF网元请求删除中继UE提供中继服务的PDU会话中远端UE的上下文。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE是远端UE，第二UE是为第一UE提供中继服务的中继UE；处理单元根据第二信息，释放中继连接，包括：处理单元根据第二信息，通过收发单元向接入网设备发送用于释放接入网设备用于中继连接的通信资源的第五信息。本申请支持远端UE根据第二信息向接入网设备请求释放接入网设备用于中继连接的通信资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述处理单元还用于，根据第二信息，通过收发单元向第二UE发送用于释放第一UE与第二UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源的第六信息。本申请还支持远端UE向中继UE请求释放第一UE与第二UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源，或者中继UE向远端UE指示释放第一UE与第二UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第二信息包括第二UE的标识信息。通过在第二信息中携带第二UE的标识信息，便于准确确定释放第一UE与哪一个第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第二信息包括中继连接释放原因值，中继连接释放原因值用于表征中继连接释放的原因；其中，中继连接释放的原因包括：第一UE的中继业务签约信息发生改变。
第九方面，提供一种接入网设备，该接入网设备包括：收发单元，用于接收用于释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接的第二信息；处理单元，用 于根据第二信息，释放上述中继连接。
上述第九方面提供的技术方案，接入网设备根据接收到的用于释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接的第二信息，释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。示例性的，第二信息可以是第一网元在根据远端UE和/或中继UE的业务签约信息确定远端UE和/或中继UE的签约或授权信息有改变时，发送给接入网设备的，或者通过其他网元发送给接入网设备的。通过根据远端UE和/或中继UE的业务签约信息及时做出反应，可以提高网络侧对中继连接管控的准确性和收费的准确性等问题。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第二信息是第二中继服务授权撤销信息或者第二中继连接释放信息；第二中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权第一UE为第二UE提供中继服务，或撤销授权第一UE接受第二UE提供的中继服务；第二中继连接释放信息用于指示释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。本申请支持第一UE根据第二中继服务授权撤销信息或者第二中继连接释放信息释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述收发单元接收第二信息，包括：收发单元从第一网元接收第二信息，第一网元是第一UE的PCF网元或第一UE的AMF网元；或者，接入网设备从第一UE或者第二UE接收第二信息。本申请支持接入网设备根据来自第一网元、第一UE的PCF网元、第一UE的AMF网元、第一UE或第二UE的第二信息释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE是中继UE，处理单元根据第二信息，释放中继连接，包括：处理单元根据第二信息，释放以下资源中的至少一种：第一UE与接入网设备之间用于中继连接的通信资源；第一UE与第二UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源。在本申请中，第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接可以包括中继UE与接入网设备之间用于中继连接的通信资源和/或远端UE与中继UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE是远端UE，处理单元根据第二信息，释放中继连接，包括：处理单元根据第二信息，释放以下资源中的至少一种：接入网设备用于中继连接的通信资源；第一UE与第二UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源。本申请中，第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接可以包括接入网设备用于中继连接的通信资源和/或远端UE与中继UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第二信息包括中继连接释放原因值，中继连接释放原因值用于表征中继连接释放的原因；其中，中继连接释放的原因包括：第一UE的中继业务签约信息发生改变。
第十方面，提供一种第一UE，该第一UE包括：收发单元，用于接收用于释放第一UE对应的中继连接的第二信息；处理单元，用于根据第二信息，释放第一UE对应的中继连接。
上述第十方面提供的技术方案，第一UE根据接收到的用于释放第一UE对应的中继连接的第二信息，释放第一UE对应的中继连接。示例性的，第二信息可以是第一网元在根据远端UE和/或中继UE的业务签约信息确定远端UE和/或中继UE的签 约或授权信息有改变时，发送给第一UE的，或者通过其他网元发送给第一UE的。通过根据远端UE和/或中继UE的业务签约信息及时做出反应，可以提高网络侧对中继连接管控的准确性和收费的准确性等问题。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述收发单元接收第二信息，包括：收发单元从第二网元接收第二信息；其中，第二网元是接入网设备或者第一UE的AMF网元。本申请支持第一UE根据来自接入网设备或者第一UE的AMF网元的第二信息释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第二信息是第一中继服务授权撤销信息或者第一中继连接释放信息；第一中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权第一UE作为中继UE或远端UE；第一中继连接释放信息用于指示释放第一UE对应的中继连接。本申请支持网元通过第一中继服务授权撤销信息或者第一中继连接释放信息指示接入网设备释放第一UE对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE是中继UE，处理单元根据第二信息，释放第一UE对应的中继连接，包括：处理单元根据第二信息，通过收发单元向接入网设备发送用于释放第一UE与接入网设备之间用于所中继连接的通信资源的第三信息；或者，处理单元根据第二信息，通过收发单元向第一UE的AMF网元发送用于释放第一UE用于提供中继服务的PDU会话的第四信息。本申请支持中继UE根据第二信息向接入网设备请求释放第一UE与接入网设备之间用于所中继连接的通信资源，或者向中继UE的AMF网元请求释放第一UE用于提供中继服务的PDU会话。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一UE是远端UE，处理单元根据第二信息，释放第一UE对应的中继连接，包括：处理单元根据第二信息，通过收发单元向接入网设备发送用于释放接入网设备用于中继连接的通信资源的第五信息。本申请支持远端UE根据第二信息向接入网设备请求释放接入网设备用于中继连接的通信资源。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第二信息包括中继连接释放原因值，中继连接释放原因值用于表征中继连接释放的原因；其中，中继连接释放的原因包括：第一UE的中继业务签约信息发生改变。
第十一方面，提供一种第一网元，该第一网元包括：存储器，用于存储计算机程序；处理器，用于执行上述计算机程序，以实现第一方面任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十二方面，提供一种接入网设备，该接入网设备包括：存储器，用于存储计算机程序；处理器，用于执行上述计算机程序，以实现第二方面或第四方面任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十三方面，提供一种第一UE，该第一UE包括：存储器，用于存储计算机程序；处理器，用于执行上述计算机程序，以实现第三方面或第五方面任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十四方面，提供一种通信系统，该通信系统包括如第六方面或第十一方面中任一种可能的实现方式中的第一网元；和如第七方面、第九方面或第十二方面任一种可能的实现方式中的接入网设备，和如第八方面、第十方面或第十三方面任一种可能的实现方式中的第一UE。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该通信系统还包括以下一种或多种：PCF网元、统一数据管理(unified data management，UDM)/统一数据存储库(unified data repository，UDR)网元、SMF网元或AMF网元。
第十五方面，提供一种释放中继连接的方法，该方法包括：第一中继UE接收用于释放第一PDU会话的第七信息，第一PDU会话用于第一中继UE向远端UE提供中继服务；第一中继UE根据第七信息释放第一PDU会话对应的中继连接，该中继连接用于第一中继UE与上述远端UE进行通信。
上述第十五方面提供的技术方案，第一中继UE接收到用于释放第一PDU会话的第七信息，根据第七信息释放第一PDU会话对应的中继连接。通过释放PDU会话触发释放对应的中继连接，从而可以及时的释放第一中继UE与远端UE之间的通信资源，提高资源的利用率。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一中继UE接收第七信息，包括：第一中继UE从第二网元接收第七信息；其中，第二网元是第一中继UE对应的AMF网元或者第一中继UE对应的PCF网元或者第一中继UE对应的SMF网元。本申请支持第一中继UE根据来自第一中继UE的AMF网元或PCF网元或SMF网元的第七信息释放第一PDU会话对应的中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第一中继UE根据第七信息释放第一PDU会话对应的中继连接，包括：第一中继UE根据第七信息，确定该中继连接；第一中继UE释放该中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述中继连接包括第一中继UE和第一远端UE之间的中继连接，第一中继UE释放上述中继连接，包括：第一中继UE向第一远端UE发送用于释放第一中继UE与第一远端UE之间中继连接的第八信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第八信息包括中继连接释放原因值，中继连接释放原因值用于表征中继连接的释放原因；其中，中继连接的释放原因包括：第一PDU会话释放。
第十六方面，提供一种第一中继UE，该第一中继UE包括：收发单元，用于接收用于释放第一PDU会话的第七信息，第一PDU会话用于第一中继UE向远端UE提供中继服务；处理单元，用于根据第七信息释放第一PDU会话对应的中继连接，该中继连接用于第一中继UE与上述远端UE进行通信。
在一种可能的实现方式中，收发单元，具体用于：从第二网元接收第七信息；其中，第二网元是第一中继UE对应的AMF网元或者第一中继UE对应的PCF网元或者第一中继UE对应的SMF网元。
在一种可能的实现方式中，处理单元，具体用于：根据第七信息，确定该中继连接；第一中继UE释放该中继连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述中继连接包括第一中继UE和第一远端UE之间的中继连接，收发单元，具体用于：向第一远端UE发送用于释放第一中继UE与第一远端UE之间中继连接的第八信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，上述第八信息包括中继连接释放原因值，中继连接释放原因值用于表征中继连接的释放原因；其中，中继连接的释放原因包括：第一PDU 会话释放。
第十七方面，提供一种第一中继UE，该第一中继UE包括：存储器，用于存储计算机程序；处理器，用于执行上述计算机程序，以实现第十五方面任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十八方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序代码，该计算机程序代码被处理器执行时实现如第一方面至第五方面、第十五方面中任一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。
第十九方面，提供一种芯片系统，该芯片系统包括处理器、存储器，存储器中存储有计算机程序代码；所述计算机程序代码被所述处理器执行时，实现如第一方面至第五方面、第十五方面中任一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。
第二十方面，提供一种计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得实现如第一方面至第五方面、第十五方面中任一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。
可以理解的，上述提供的任一种通信装置、芯片、计算机可读介质、计算机程序产品或通信系统等均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法，因此，其所能达到的有益效果可参考对应的方法中的有益效果，此处不再赘述。
附图说明
图1为一种5G通信系统架构示例图；
图2A为一种通信网络架构图；
图2B为一种通信场景示意图；
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种UE的硬件结构示意图；
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的硬件结构示意图；
图5为本申请实施例提供的两种与远端UE通过中继UE接入网络的示例图；
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法流程图；
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种授权方式一的方法流程图；
图8为申请实施例提供的一种授权方式二的方法流程图；
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种授权方式三的方法流程图；
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种授权方式四的方法流程图；
图11为本申请实施例提供的释放中继连接的方法交互图一；
图12A为本申请实施例提供的释放中继连接的方法交互图二；
图12B为本申请实施例提供的释放中继连接的方法交互图三；
图13为本申请实施例提供的释放中继连接的方法交互图四；
图14为本申请实施例提供的释放中继连接的方法交互图五；
图15为本申请实施例提供的释放中继连接的方法交互图六；
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构框图；
图17为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构框图；
图18为本申请实施例提供的释放中继连接的方法交互图七。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请实施例可以适用但不限于以下通信系统：窄带物联网(narrow band-internet of things，NB-IoT)系统、无线局域网(wireless local access network，WLAN)系统、长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、第五代移动通信(5th generation mobile networks or 5th generation wireless systems，5G)也称为新空口(new radio，NR)系统、或者5G之后的通信系统，例如6G系统、设备到设备(device to device，D2D)通信系统、车联网等。
图2A示出了一种通信网络架构图。其中，图2A以5G系统的网络服务架构为例，展示了网络功能和实体之间的交互关系以及对应的接口，该网络架构是基于服务的网络架构(service-based architecture，SBA)。
如图2A所示，5G系统包括：UE、接入网(access network，AN)或无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)、用户面功能(user plane function，UPF)网元、数据网络(data network，DN)、AMF网元、SMF网元、认证服务功能(authentication server function，AUSF)网元、PCF网元、应用功能(application function，AF)、网络切片选择功能(network slice selection function，NSSF)网元、UDM网元、网络开放功能(network exposure function，NEF)网元和网络存储功能(network repository function，NRF)网元。其中，UPF网元、AMF网元、SMF网元、PCF网元、AUSF网元、UDM网元、NSSF网元、NRF网元均属于核心网设备。
需要说明的是，当UE通过中继设备连接到网络时，该UE可以被称为“远端UE”。其中，中继设备是可以为远端UE提供接入到蜂窝网络的设备，可以是中继站或者UE等设备，在UE充当远端UE的中继设备的情况下，该UE支持PC5接口通信，该中继设备可以被称为“中继UE”，表明该中继设备位于移动网络覆盖范围内，例如，该中继设备可以正常接入5G系统的接入网。
如图2A所示，远端UE通过中继UE连接至AN/RAN设备和核心网设备。其中，远端UE和中继UE之间的接口为PC5接口，中继UE和AN/RAN设备之间的接口为Uu接口，远端UE/中继UE和AMF网元之间的接口为N1接口，AN/RAN设备和AMF网元之间的接口为N2接口，AN/RAN设备和UPF网元之间的接口为N3接口，SMF网元和UPF网元之间的接口为N4接口，UPF网元为DN之间的接口为N6接口；Namf为AMF网元展现的基于服务的接口，Nsmf为SMF网元展现的基于服务的接口，Nausf为AUSF网元展现的基于服务的接口，Nnssf为NSSF网元展现的基于服务的接口，Nnef为NEF网元展现的基于服务的接口，Nnrf为NRF网元展现的基于服务的接口，Npcf为PCF网元展现的基于服务的接口，Nudm为UDM网元展现的基于服务的接口，Naf为AF展现的基于服务的接口。
下面对各个网元的主要功能做具体介绍。
AN/RAN：AN/RAN可以由AN/RAN设备构成。AN/RAN设备可以是各种形式的基站，例如：宏基站，微基站(也称为“小站”)，分散单元-控制单元(distribute unit-control unit，DU-CU)等，其中，DU-CU是一种部署在无线接入网中能够和UE进行无线通信的设备。另外，上述基站还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network，CRAN)场景下的无线控制器，或者中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network，PLMN)网络中的网络设备 等。AN/RAN设备也可以是宽带网络业务网关(broadband network gateway，BNG)，汇聚交换机，非3GPP接入设备等。AN/RAN设备主要负责空口侧的无线资源管理、上下行数据分类、服务质量(quality of service，QoS)管理、数据压缩和加密、与控制面网元完成信令处理或与用户面功能网元完成数据转发等功能。本申请实施例对AN/RAN设备的具体形态和结构不做限定。
如，在采用不同的无线接入技术的系统中，具备基站功能的设备的名称可能会有所不同。例如，基站可以是LTE中的演进型通用陆地无线接入网(evolved universal terrestrial radio access network，E-UTRAN)设备，如演进型节点B(evolutional NodeB，eNB或e-NodeB)，也可以是5G系统中的下一代无线接入网(next generation radio access network，NG-RAN)设备(如gNB)等。
AMF网元：主要负责控制面消息的处理，例如：接入控制、移动性管理、合法监听、接入鉴权/授权等。具体的，AMF网元的功能主要有：1)对接入网控制面进行处理；2)对非接入层(non-access stratum，NAS)消息进行处理，负责NAS加密和完整性保护；3)注册管理；4)连接管理；5)接入性管理；6)移动性管理；7)合法信息截获；8)在UE与SMF网元之间提供会话管理消息；9)对于路由的会话管理(session management，SM)消息实现透传，类似透传代理；10)接入鉴权；11)接入授权；12)在UE与短消息服务功能SMSF之间转发SMS消息(短消息)；13)与AUSF网元和UE交互，获得UE鉴权中间密钥；14)计算接入网络的特定密钥。
SMF网元：主要用于会话管理，UE的网络互连协议(internet protocol，IP)地址分配和管理，选择可管理用户平面功能，策略控制和收费功能接口的终结点，下行数据通知等。具体的，SMF网元的主要功能有：1)会话管理，会话建立，修改和释放，包括对于UPF网元与AN节点之间的通道维护；2)UE IP地址分配和管理；3)选择并且控制用户面功能；4)在UPF网元上配置正确业务路由；5)策略控制功能的落地执行；6)策略执行与QoS的控制部分；7)合法截获；8)处理NAS消息中的会话管理部分；9)下行数据指示；10)发起接入网的特定会话管理信息(通过AMF网元路由)；11)决定会话中与服务连续性的模式；12)漫游功能。
PCF网元：主要用于向UE，AMF网元或SMF网元分别提供UE策略规则，接入管理(access management，AM)策略规则以及SM策略规则相关的参数，管理用户订阅信息，对接UDM网元以访问与策略决策相关的订阅用户信息等。PCF网元一般根据签约信息等进行策略的决策。
AF：用于提供服务，主要用于：1)对于业务路由的应用影响；2)访问网络能力曝光；3)与策略框架交互进行策略管控。
UPF网元：主要负责分组路由和转发，以及用户面数据的服务质量(Quality of Service，QoS)控制、计费信息统计等。UPF可以接收来自AF的下行数据，然后通过(R)AN将该下行数据传输给UE。
NEF网元：主要用于连接核心网元与外部应用服务器，对外部应用服务器向核心网发起业务请求时提供认证与数据转发等服务。
UDM网元：主要用于管理用户的签约数据和鉴权数据，以及进行鉴权信用处理，用户标识处理，访问授权，注册/移动性管理，订阅管理和短消息管理等。
在一些实施例中，UDM网元中还可以包括UDR。或者，在另一些实施例中，5G系统的3GPP SBA还可以包含UDR网元。其中，UDR网元用于为PCF网元提供策略存储和检索，开放的结构化数据的存储和检索和应用功能请求的用户信息存储等。
另外，对于DN、AUSF网元、NSSF网元和NRF网元的功能等的介绍，可以参考现有技术中的解释和说明，这里不做赘述。
需要说明的是，在本申请中，UE可以通过中继UE接入到AN/RAN设备，即UE通过非直接通信(indirect communication)链路接入AN/RAN设备。此时，UE即“远端UE”。若UE在AN/RAN的覆盖范围内，UE还可以直接接入到AN/RAN设备，即UE通过直接通信(direct communication)链路接入AN/RAN设备。此外，远端UE还可以通过不同中继UE接入到AN/RAN设备。所以远端UE可以通过非直接通信链路和直接通信链路将数据传输到AN/RAN设备，实现数据的拆分(split)传输和重复(duplication)传输。拆分传输的好处是提供传输速率，重复传输的好处是提高传输可靠性。
如图2B所示，UE1分别通过UE2和UE3接入到AN/RAN，同时，UE1也建立了和AN/RAN之间的直接通信链路。UE1为远端UE，UE2和UE3为中继UE。UE1可以通过两条非直接通信链路和一条直接通信链路将数据传输到AN/RAN设备，例如拆分(split)传输和/或重复(duplication)传输。
远端UE/中继UE：可以是具有无线连接功能的桌面型设备、膝上型设备、手持型设备、可穿戴设备、智能家居设备、计算设备和车载型设备等。例如，上网本、平板电脑、智能手表、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer，UMPC)、智能相机、上网本、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、便携式多媒体播放器(portable multimedia player，PMP)、AR(增强现实)/VR(虚拟现实)设备、飞行器上的无线设备、机器人上的无线设备、工业控制中的无线设备、远程医疗中的无线设备、智能电网中的无线设备、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线设备、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线设备等。或者远端UE/中继UE还可以是窄带(narrow band，NB)技术中的无线设备等。
此外，远端UE/中继UE还可以指接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、中继站、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端(user terminal)、终端(terminal)、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备，未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network，PLMN)中的终端设备或者未来车联网中的终端设备等。在本申请中，终端、UE、终端设备的含义是相同的，可以互相替换。
此外，在本申请中，中继UE还可以是无线接入设备。例如，中继UE可以是运营商部署的类似于路由器的接入设备。本申请不限定远端UE/中继UE的具体功能和结构。
请参考图3，图3示出了一种UE的硬件结构示意图，该UE可以是远端UE，也 可以是中继UE。如图3所示，UE具体可以包括：处理器301、射频电路302、存储器303、触摸屏304、蓝牙装置305、一个或多个传感器306、Wi-Fi装置307、定位装置308、音频电路309、外设接口310、电源装置311、指纹采集器件312、扬声器313和麦克风314等部件。这些部件可通过一根或多根通信总线或信号线(图3中未示出)进行通信。本领域技术人员可以理解，图3中示出的硬件结构并不构成对UE的限定，UE可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。
下面结合图3对UE的各个部件进行具体的介绍：
处理器301可以是UE的控制中心，利用各种接口和线路连接UE的其它各个部分，通过运行或执行存储在存储器303内的计算机程序，例如应用客户端程序(以下可以简称App)，执行UE的各种功能。
在一些实施例中，处理器301可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)，微处理器，特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路，处理器301可以包括一个或多个CPU；举例来说，处理器301可以是麒麟芯片。
射频电路302可用于无线信号的接收和发送。特别地，射频电路302可以接收基站的下行数据，发送给处理器301进行处理；另外，射频电路302还可以将上行的数据发送给基站。
通常，射频电路302包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。此外，射频电路302还可以通过无线通信和其他设备通信。所述无线通信可以使用任一通信标准或协议，包括但不限于全球移动通讯系统、通用分组无线服务、码分多址、宽带码分多址、长期演进、电子邮件、短消息服务等。
存储器303用于存储计算机程序，还可以用于存储数据。存储器303可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)或随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)，也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory，EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory，CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质，但不限于此。
处理器301可以通过运行存储器303存储的计算机程序，执行UE的各种功能以及数据处理。
存储器303可以包括存储程序区以及存储数据区。其中，存储程序区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)；存储数据区可以存储根据使用UE时所创建的数据(比如音频数据、电话本等)。
其中，存储器303可以存储用于实现模块化功能的计算机程序，并由处理器301来控制执行。处理器301用于执行存储器303中存储的计算机程序，从而实现本申请下述实施例提供的方法。此外，存储器303可以包括高速随机存取存储器，还可以包括非易失存储器，例如磁盘存储器件、闪存器件或其他易失性固态存储器件等。存储器303可以存储各种操作系统，例如，iOS操作系统，Android操作系统等。
尽管图3未示出，UE还可以包括摄像头(前置摄像头和/或后置摄像头)、闪光 灯、微型投影装置、近场通信(NFC)装置等，在此不再赘述。
应理解，上述图3所示UE包括的硬件模块只是示例性地描述，并不对本申请构成限定。事实上，本申请实施例提供的UE(如远端UE或中继UE)中还可以包含其他与图中示意的硬件模块具有交互关系的其他硬件模块，这里不作具体限定。
需要说明的是，本申请中的AN/RAN设备可以是基站。具体的，基站可以是Ng-eNB、gNB或传输接收点(trasmission/reception point，TRP)。还可以是3GPP所定义的基站。例如，eNB或e-NodeB等。
此外，当eNB接入NR的核心网或者下一代核心网(next genaeration core，NGC)或者5G核心网(5th generation core network，5GC)时，eNB也可以称为eLTE eNB。具体地，eLTE eNB是在eNB的基础上演进的LTE基站设备，可以直接连接5G CN，eLTE eNB也属于NR中的基站设备。
或者，AN/RAN设备还可以是无线端点(wireless terminal，WT)。例如接入点(access point，AP)或者接入控制器(access controller，AC)，或者其他具有与UE、及核心网有通信能力的网络设备。例如，车载设备、智能穿戴设备等。本申请对AN/RAN设备的类型不做限定。
请参考图4，图4示出了一种网络设备的硬件结构示意图。其中，该网络设备可以是图1所示的无线接入网中的AN/RAN设备，或者图2A所示的AN/RAN中的AN/RAN设备，也可以是图2A所示的AMF网元、SMF网元或PCF网元等核心网网元。如图4所示，网络设备可以包括处理器401，通信线路402，存储器403以及至少一个通信接口(图4中仅是示例性的以包括通信接口404为例进行说明)。
处理器401可以包括一个或多个处理器，其中，处理器可以为通用中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)，微处理器，特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，或其它集成电路，不予限制。
通信线路402可包括一通路，用于在上述组件之间传送信息。
通信接口404，用于与其他设备或通信网络通信。
存储器403可以是ROM或RAM，或者EEPROM、CD-ROM，或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质，但不限于此。
需要说明的是，存储器可以是独立存在，通过通信线路402与处理器相连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。
其中，存储器403用于存储执计算机程序。处理器401用于执行存储器403中存储的计算机程序，从而实现本申请下述任一方法实施例提供的相关网元的方法。
需要说明的是，处理器401可以包括一个或多个CPU，例如图4中的CPU0和CPU1。
此外，图4仅作为一种网络设备的示例，并不对网络设备的具体结构做出限定。例如，网络设备还可以包括其他功能模块。
本申请实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法可以适用于基于层2中继(layer 2 based relay或layer 2 evolved relay)的非直接通信，也可以适用于基于层3中继(layer 3 based relay或layer 3 evolved relay)的非直接通信，不予限制。
请参考图5中的(a)，图5中的(a)示出了基于层2中继的非直接通信示意图。如图5中的(a)所示，UE1和UE4作为两个远端UE通过中继UE接入到网络，其中，中继UE是层2中继设备。UE1和UE4通过中继UE分别建立自己到网络的PDU会话。在此场景中，UE1和UE4的数据流会映射到中继UE在Uu接口的一个数据无线承载(data radio bearer，DRB)上。不同远端UE的数据承载使用额外的适配层(adaptation layer)中信息标识，以便中继UE与AN/RAN区分不同远端UE的数据。或者，UE1和UE4的数据流会映射到中继UE在Uu接口的不同DRB上，中继UE与AN/RAN用不同的DRB区分不同远端UE的数据。
请参考图5中的(b)，图5中的(b)示出了基于层3中继的非直接通信示意图。如图5中的(b)所示，UE1和UE4作为两个远端UE通过中继UE接入到网络，其中，中继UE是层3中继设备。具体的，UE1和UE4分别建立与中继UE之间的PC5通信链接，中继UE建立到网络的PDU会话。在此场景中，UE1和UE4的数据流会通过中继UE建立的PDU会话传输。中继UE根据IP地址转发UE1和UE4的上下行数据。举例说明，UE1在PC5通信链路上使用的IP地址为IP3，中继UE的PDU会话对应的IP地址为IP1，在IP1为IPv4情况下，中继UE为UE1分配特定端口号，即中继UE用IP1和特定端口号区分UE1的数据。在上行方向，中继UE收到IP3数据包后，利用IP1和特定端口号发送该数据包到网络侧。在下行方向，中继UE从网络侧收到IP1和特定端口号对应的数据包后，再通过PC5链路利用IP3发送该数据包给UE1。
本申请实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法，该方法基于UE的中继业务签约信息的改变，及时更新UE对应的中继连接。该方法对于中继UE和远端UE均适用。例如，在中继UE的中继业务签约信息从被允许提供中继服务改变为不被允许提供中继服务时，及时释放中继UE对应的中继连接。在远端UE的中继业务签约信息从被允许接受中继服务改变为不被允许接受中继服务，及时释放远端UE对应的中继连接。在中继UE的中继业务签约信息从被允许为某一远端UE提供中继服务改变为不被允许为该远端UE提供中继服务时，及时释放该远端UE与中继UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
以下结合附图对本申请实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法进行具体介绍：
图6示出了本申请实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法流程图，该方法可以基于前述架构，具体如下所述。
S601、第一网元获得第一UE的中继业务签约信息。
其中，第一UE可以是远端UE，也可以是中继UE。
例如，第一UE是远端UE，第一网元获得远端UE的中继业务签约信息。再例如，第一UE是中继UE，第一网元获得中继UE的中继业务签约信息。
在一种实现方式中，第一UE是中继UE，第一UE的中继业务签约信息可以包括用于表征第一UE是否被允许提供中继服务的信息(可以称之为第一中继服务允许信息)；进一步地，若第一中继服务允许信息表征第一UE被允许提供中继服务，那么第一UE的中继业务签约信息还可以包括第一UE被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息等。
其中，远端UE的标识信息可以用于标识远端UE，例如，可以是国际移动用户识 别码(international mobile subscriber identification number，IMSI)，全局唯一的临时标识(globally unique temporary identity，GUTI)，通用公共用户标识符(generic public subscription identifier，GPSI)或应用层标识等。
以第一UE为UE2，且UE2为中继UE为例，假设UE2被允许提供中继服务的远端UE为UE1和UE4，那么UE2的中继业务签约信息可以以表1所示的列表形式呈现：
表1
Figure PCTCN2021100212-appb-000001
基于表1可以看出，UE2被允许提供中继服务，且UE2被允许向UE1和UE4提供中继服务。
在另一种实现方式中，第一UE是远端UE，第一UE的中继业务签约信息可以包括用于表征第一UE是否被允许接受中继服务的信息(可以称之为第二中继服务允许信息)；进一步地，若第二中继服务允许信息表征第一UE被允许接受中继服务，那么第一UE的中继业务签约信息还可以包括第一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息等。
其中，远端UE的标识信息可以用于标识中继UE，例如，可以是IMSI，GUTI，GPSI或应用层标识等。
以第一UE为UE1，且UE1为远端UE，UE2和UE3为中继UE为例，假设UE1被允许接受UE2和UE3提供的中继服务，那么UE1的中继业务签约信息可以以表2所示的列表形式呈现：
表2
Figure PCTCN2021100212-appb-000002
基于表2可以看出，UE1被允许接受中继服务，且UE1被允许接受UE2和UE3提供的中继服务。
需要说明的是，上述表1和表2仅作为两种第一UE的中继业务签约信息的示例，本申请不限定第一UE的中继业务签约信息的具体表现形式，以及不限定第一UE被允许提供中继服务的远端UE标识信息或者第一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE标识信息等。
在本申请实施例中，第一UE的中继业务签约信息可以存储在UDM/UDR网元中，上述步骤S601可以包括：第一网元从UDM/UDR网元获得第一UE的中继业务签约信息。
例如，第一网元可以周期性向UDM/UDR网元查询第一UE的中继业务签约信息是否发生改变，若发生改变，从UDM/UDR网元获得第一UE的中继业务签约信息。又如，UDM/UDR网元在其中存储的第一UE的中继业务签约信息发生改变时，主动向第一网元发送第一UE的中继业务签约信息。又如，第一网元向UDM/UDR网元订阅第一UE的中继业务签约信息事件，当UDM/UDR网元在其中存储的第一UE的中 继业务签约信息发生改变时，UDM/UDR网元向第一网元发送第一UE的中继业务签约信息。本申请不限定。
示例性的，第一网元可以是AMF网元或者PCF网元。例如，在第一UE是中继UE时，第一网元可以是中继UE的AMF网元或者中继UE的PCF网元。在第一UE是远端UE时，第一网元可以是远端UE的AMF网元或者中继UE的PCF网元。
S602、第一网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息，发送第一信息。
其中，第一信息可以用于释放第一UE对应的中继连接，或释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
示例性的，第一网元可以通过授权更新(Authorization Update)消息或者N2消息发送第一信息。
在本申请中，若第一UE是远端UE，则第二UE可以是为第一UE提供中继服务的中继UE。若第一UE是中继UE，则第二UE可以是接受第一UE中继服务的远端UE。
以下将结合4种情况，分别介绍第一信息的内容：
情况1：第一UE是中继UE，第一UE从被允许为远端UE提供中继服务改变为不被允许为远端UE提供中继服务。
例如，在第一UE的中继业务签约信息从包括第一UE被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息改变为不包括第一UE被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息；或者第一网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息可以确定第一UE从被允许为远端UE提供中继服务改变为不被允许为远端UE提供中继服务，可以确定第一UE从之前的被允许为远端UE提供中继服务改变为不被允许为远端UE提供中继服务。
对于情况1，第一信息用于释放第一UE对应的中继连接。其中，第一UE对应的中继连接可以包括第一UE对应的所有中继连接。第一UE对应的所有中继连接可以包括第一UE与接入网设备之间用于中继服务的中继连接，以及第一UE与所有与第一UE建立中继连接的第二UE之间的中继连接。
在一些示例中，第一信息可以是第一中继服务授权撤销信息或第一中继连接释放信息。其中，第一中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权第一UE作为中继UE。第一中继连接释放信息用于指示释放第一UE对应的中继连接。
例如，在第一网元是第一UE的PCF网元时，第一网元可以通过授权更新消息(Authorization Update)向第一UE发送第一中继服务授权撤销信息，以指示第一UE向RAN请求释放第一UE对应的中继连接。或者，第一网元可以通过授权更新消息(Authorization Update)向第二UE发送第一中继服务授权撤销信息或第一中继连接释放信息，以指示第二UE向RAN请求释放第一UE对应的中继连接。或者，可以通过授权更新消息(Authorization Update)向第一UE的AMF网元发送第一中继服务授权撤销信息，以指示第一UE的AMF网元向第一UE的SMF网元请求释放第一UE用于中继服务的PDU会话资源。
又如，在第一网元是第一UE的AMF网元时，第一网元可以通过N2消息向RAN发送第一中继服务授权撤销信息或第一中继连接释放信息，以指示RAN释放第一UE对应的中继连接。
又如，在第一网元是第一UE的AMF网元时，第一网元可以向第二UE的AMF网元发送第一中继服务授权撤销信息或第一中继连接释放信息，以指示第二UE的AMF网元指示RAN释放第一UE对应的中继连接。
情况2：第一UE是中继UE，第一UE从被允许为第二UE提供中继服务改变为不被允许为所第二UE提供中继服务。
例如，在第一UE的中继业务签约信息从包括第一UE被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息且该远端UE的标识信息包括第二UE的标识信息，改变为不包括第一UE被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息；或者第一UE的中继业务签约信息中第一UE被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息从包括第二UE的标识信息改变为不包括第二UE的标识信息；或者第一网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息确定第一UE从被允许为第二UE提供中继服务改变为不被允许为第二UE提供中继服务，可以确定第一UE从之前的被允许为第二UE提供中继服务改变为不被允许为所第二UE提供中继服务。
对于情况2，第一信息用于释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在一些示例中，第一信息可以是第二中继服务授权撤销信息或第二中继连接释放信息。其中，第二中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权第一UE为第二UE提供中继服务。第二中继连接释放信息用于指示释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
例如，在第一网元是第一UE的PCF网元时，第一网元可以向第一UE发送第二中继服务授权撤销信息，以指示第一UE向RAN请求释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。或者，第一网元可以向第一UE的AMF网元发送第二中继服务授权撤销信息，以指示第一UE的AMF网元向第一UE的SMF网元请求删除中继UE 1提供中继服务的PDU会话中远端UE 1的上下文。
在第一网元是第一UE的AMF网元时，第一网元可以向第二UE的AMF网元发送第二中继服务授权撤销信息或第二中继连接释放信息，以指示第二UE的AMF网元指示RAN释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。或者，第一网元可以向第一UE发送第二中继服务授权撤销信息，以指示第一UE向RAN请求释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
情况3：第一UE是远端UE，第一UE从被允许接受中继服务改变为不被允许接受中继服务。
例如，在第一UE的中继业务签约信息从包括第一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息改变为不包括第一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息；或者第一网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息确定第一UE从被允许接受中继服务改变为不被允许接受中继服务，可以确定第一UE从之前的被允许接受中继服务改变为不被允许接受中继服务。
对于情况3，第一信息用于释放第一UE对应的中继连接。其中，第一UE对应的中继连接包括第一UE与所有与第一UE建立中继连接的第二UE之间的中继连接，以及用于第一UE中继服务的通信资源(如PDU会话资源)。
在一些示例中，第一信息可以是第一中继服务授权撤销信息或第一中继连接释放信息。其中，第一中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权第一UE作为远端UE。第一中继连接释放信息用于指示释放第一UE对应的中继连接。
例如，在第一网元是第一UE的AMF网元时，第一网元可以通过N2消息向RAN发送第一中继服务授权撤销信息或第一中继连接释放信息，以指示RAN释放第一UE对应的中继连接。
情况4：第一UE是远端UE，第一UE从被允许接受第二UE提供的中继服务改变为不被允许接受第二UE提供的中继服务。
例如，在第一UE的中继业务签约信息从包括第一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息且该中继UE的标识信息包括第二UE的标识信息，改变为不包括第一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息；或者第一UE的中继业务签约信息中第一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息从包括第二UE的标识信息改变为不包括第二UE的标识信息；或者第一网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息确定第一UE从被允许接受第二UE提供的中继服务改变为不被允许接受第二UE提供的中继服务，可以确定第一UE从之前的被允许接受第二UE提供的中继服务改变为不被允许接受第二UE提供的中继服务。
对于情况4，第一信息用于释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在一些示例中，第一信息可以是第二中继服务授权撤销信息或第二中继连接释放信息。其中，第二中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权第一UE接受第二UE提供的中继服务。第二中继连接释放信息用于指示释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
例如，在第一网元是第一UE的AMF网元时，第一网元可以向RAN发送第二中继服务授权撤销信息或第二中继连接释放信息，以指示RAN释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在本申请实施例中，上述步骤S602具体可以包括以下三种情况：
情况A：第一网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息，向接入网设备发送第一信息。
相应的，接入网设备从第一网元接收第一信息。接入网设备在接收到第一信息之后，根据第一信息指示的具体信息释放对应的中继连接。
当第一网元是第一UE的AMF时，第一UE的AMF直接向接入网设备发送第一信息；当第一网元是第一UE的PCF时，第一UE的PCF通过第一UE的AMF向接入网设备发送第一信息。
在一些示例中，对于上述情况1，即第一UE是中继UE，第一UE从之前的被允许为远端UE提供中继服务改变为不被允许为远端UE提供中继服务的情况，第一网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息，向接入网设备发送第一信息。接入网设备根据第一信息释放第一UE与接入网设备之间的中继连接。
在一些示例中，进一步的，接入网设备还可以根据第一信息释放第一UE与所有与第一UE建立中继连接的第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
例如，接入网设备根据第一信息释放第一UE与接入网设备之间的中继连接，以及向第一UE发送第二信息。其中，第一UE与接入网设备之间的中继连接是指第一UE与接入网设备之间用于中继数据传输的连接。第二信息用于释放第一UE与所有与第一UE建立中继连接的第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。第一UE在接收到第二信息之后，根据第二信息释放第一UE与所有与第一UE建立中继连接的第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接，同时保留第一UE与第二UE之间用于直接通信的连接。
在另一些示例中，对于上述情况2，即第一UE是中继UE，第一UE从之前的被允许为第二UE提供中继服务改变为不被允许为第二UE提供中继服务的情况，第一网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息，向接入网设备发送第一信息。接入网设备根据第一信息，释放以下资源中的至少一种：接入网设备用于第一UE的中继连接的通信资源；第一UE与第二UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源。
例如，接入网设备根据第一信息释放接入网设备用于第一UE的中继连接的通信资源，以及向第一UE发送第二信息。其中，第二信息用于释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。第一UE在接收到第二信息之后，根据第二信息释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
又如，接入网设备根据第一信息向第一UE发送第二信息。其中，第二信息用于释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。第一UE在接收到第二信息之后，根据第二信息释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在另一些示例中，对于上述情况3，即第一UE是远端UE，第一UE从之前的被允许接受中继服务改变为不被允许接受中继服务的情况，第一网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息，向接入网设备发送第一信息。接入网设备根据第一信息释放接入网设备用于第一UE的中继连接的通信资源，或者，释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。释放接入网设备用于第一UE的中继连接的通信资源可以理解为释放第一UE的非直接通信链路对应通信资源，同时保留第一UE的直接通信链路对应的通信资源。
例如，接入网设备根据第一信息释放接入网设备用于第一UE的中继连接的通信资源，以及向第一UE发送第二信息。其中，第二信息用于释放第一UE与所有与第一UE建立中继连接的第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。第一UE在接收到第二信息之后，根据第二信息释放第一UE与所有与第一UE建立中继连接的第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
又如，接入网设备根据第一信息向第一UE发送第二信息。其中，第二信息用于释放第一UE与所有与第一UE建立中继连接的第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。第一UE在接收到第二信息之后，根据第二信息释放第一UE与所有与第一UE建立中继连接的第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在另一些示例中，对于上述情况4，即第一UE是远端UE，第一UE从之前的被允许接受第二UE提供的中继服务改变为不被允许接受第二UE提供的中继服务的情况，第一网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息，向接入网设备发送第一信息。接入网设备根据第一信息，释放以下资源中的至少一种：接入网设备用于第一UE的中继 连接的通信资源；第一UE与第二UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源。接入网设备用于第一UE的中继连接的通信资源可以理解为接入网设备用于第一UE的非直接通信链路对应的通信资源，而不是接入网设备用于第一UE的直接通信链路对应的通信资源。
例如，接入网设备根据第一信息释放接入网设备用于第一UE的中继连接的通信资源，以及向第一UE发送第二信息。其中，第二信息用于释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。第一UE在接收到第二信息之后，根据第二信息释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
又如，接入网设备根据第一信息向第一UE发送第二信息。其中，第二信息用于释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。第一UE在接收到第二信息之后，根据第二信息释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
情况B：第一网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息，向第一UE发送第一信息。
相应的，第一UE从第一网元接收第一信息。第一UE在接收到第一信息之后，根据第一信息指示的具体信息释放对应的中继连接。
当第一网元是第一UE的AMF时，第一UE的AMF利用NAS消息向第一UE发送第一信息；当第一网元是第一UE的PCF时，第一UE的PCF通过第一UE的AMF向第一UE发送第一信息。
在一些示例中，对于上述情况1，即第一UE是中继UE，第一UE从之前的被允许为远端UE提供中继服务改变为不被允许为远端UE提供中继服务的情况，第一网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息，向第一UE发送第一信息。第一UE根据第一信息释放第一UE与所有与第一UE建立中继连接的第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接，以及向接入网设备请求释放第一UE与接入网设备之间的中继连接。
例如，第一UE根据第一信息向第二UE发送第六信息，以及向接入网设备发送第二信息。其中，第六信息用于释放第一UE与第二UE之间用于所述中继连接的通信资源。第二UE在接收到第六信息之后，根据第六信息释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。第二信息用于释放第一UE与接入网设备之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。接入网设备在接收到第一信息之后，根据第二信息释放第一UE与接入网设备之间的中继连接。
又如，第一UE根据第一信息释放第一UE与所有与第一UE建立中继连接的第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接，以及向接入网设备请求释放第一UE与接入网设备之间用于中继服务的通信资源。示例性的，第一UE根据第一信息向第二UE发送第六信息，以及向接入网设备发送第三信息。其中，第六信息用于释放第一UE与所有与第一UE建立中继连接的第二UE之间用于所述中继连接的通信资源。第二UE在接收到第六信息之后，根据第六信息释放第一UE与所有与第一UE建立中继连接的第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。第三信息用于释放第一UE与接入网设备之间用于中继连接的通信资源。接入网设备在接收到第三信息之后，根据第三信息释放第一UE与接入网设备之间用于中继连接的通信资源。
又如，第一UE根据第一信息释放第一UE与所有与第一UE建立中继连接的第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接，以及向第一UE的AMF网元请求释放用于第一 UE的中继连接的通信资源。例如，第一UE根据第一信息向第二UE发送第六信息，以及向第一UE的AMF网元发送第四信息。其中，第六信息用于释放第一UE与第二UE之间用于所述中继连接的通信资源。第二UE在接收到第六信息之后，根据第六信息释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。第四信息用于删除第一UE提供中继服务的PDU会话中第二UE的上下文。第一UE的AMF网元在接收到第四信息之后，根据第四信息向SMF网元请求删除第一UE提供中继服务的PDU会话中第二UE的上下文。其中，第二UE的上下文可以包括但不限于第二UE的ID和/或远端UE 1的IP。第二UE的ID可以是IMSI，GUTI，GPSI或应用层标识。
在另一些示例中，对于上述情况2，即第一UE是中继UE，第一UE从之前的被允许为第二UE提供中继服务改变为不被允许为所第二UE提供中继服务的情况，第一网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息，向第一UE发送第一信息。第一UE根据第一信息执行以下中的至少一种：释放第一UE与第二UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源；向接入网设备请求释放用于第一UE的中继连接的通信资源。
例如，第一UE根据第一信息释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接，以及向接入网设备发送第二信息。其中，第二信息用于释放第一UE与接入网设备之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。接入网设备在接收到第二信息之后，根据第二信息释放第一UE与接入网设备之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
又如，第一UE根据第一信息释放第一UE与第二UE的中继服务对应的中继连接，以及向接入网设备请求释放用于第一UE的中继连接的通信资源。示例性的，第一UE根据第一信息释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接，以及向接入网设备发送第五信息。其中，第五信息用于释放用于第一UE中继连接的通信资源。接入网设备在接收到第五信息之后，根据第五信息释放用于第一UE的中继连接的通信资源。
或者，第一UE根据第一信息释放第一UE与第二UE的中继服务对应的中继连接，以及向第一UE的AMF网元请求释放用于第一UE的中继连接的通信资源。示例性的，第一UE根据第一信息释放第一UE与第二UE的中继服务对应的中继连接，以及向第一UE的AMF网元发送第四信息。其中，第四信息用于删除第一UE提供中继服务的PDU会话中第二UE的上下文。第一UE的AMF网元在接收到第四信息之后，根据第四信息向SMF网元请求删除第一UE提供中继服务的PDU会话中第二UE的上下文。其中，第二UE的上下文可以包括但不限于第二UE的ID和/或远端UE 1的IP。
在另一些示例中，对于上述情况3，即第一UE是远端UE，第一UE从之前的被允许接受中继服务改变为不被允许接受中继服务的情况，第一网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息，向第一UE发送第一信息。第一UE根据第一信息释放第一UE与所有与第一UE建立中继连接的第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接，以及向接入网设备请求释放接入网设备用于第一UE的中继连接的通信资源。
例如，第一UE根据第一信息释放第一UE与所有与第一UE建立中继连接的第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接，以及向接入网设备发送第五信息。其中，第二UE为中继UE，第五信息用于释放用于第一UE中继连接的通信资源。接入网设备在接收到第五信息之后，根据第五信息释放用于第一UE的中继连接的通信资源。
或者，第一UE根据第一信息释放第一UE与所有与第一UE建立中继连接的第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接，第二UE为中继UE。进一步，第一UE向第二UE请求释放中继服务对应的中继连接，第二UE释放中继连接后，向第二UE的AMF网元请求删除第二UE提供中继服务的PDU会话中第一UE的上下文。其中，第一UE的上下文可以包括但不限于第一UE的ID和/或第一UE 1的IP。
在另一些示例中，对于上述情况4，即第一UE是远端UE，第一UE从之前的被允许接受第二UE提供的中继服务改变为不被允许接受第二UE提供的中继服务的情况，第一网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息，向第一UE发送第一信息。第一UE根据第一信息执行以下中的至少一种：释放第一UE与第二UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源；向接入网设备请求释放用于第一UE的中继连接的通信资源。第二UE为中继UE。
例如，第一UE根据第一信息释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接，以及向接入网设备发送第二信息。其中，第二信息用于释放第一UE与接入网设备之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。接入网设备在接收到第二信息之后，根据第二信息释放第一UE与接入网设备之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
又如，第一UE根据第一信息释放第一UE与第二UE的中继服务对应的中继连接，以及向接入网设备请求释放用于第一UE的中继连接的通信资源。示例性的，第一UE根据第一信息释放第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接，以及向接入网设备发送第五信息。其中，第五信息用于释放用于第一UE中继连接的通信资源。接入网设备在接收到第五信息之后，根据第五信息释放用于第一UE的中继连接的通信资源。
或者，第一UE根据第一信息释放第一UE与第二UE的中继服务对应的中继连接。进一步，第一UE向第二UE请求释放中继服务对应的中继连接，第二UE释放中继连接后，向第二UE的AMF网元请求删除第二UE提供中继服务的PDU会话中第一UE的上下文。其中，第一UE的上下文可以包括但不限于第一UE的ID和/或第一UE 1的IP。
情况C：第一网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息，向第一UE的SMF网元发送第一信息。
相应的，第一UE的SMF网元从第一网元接收第一信息。第一UE的SMF网元在接收到第一信息之后，根据第一信息指示的具体信息释放对应的中继连接。第一网元是第一UE的AMF网元。
在一些示例中，对于上述情况1，即第一UE是中继UE，第一UE从之前的被允许为远端UE提供中继服务改变为不被允许为远端UE提供中继服务的情况，第一网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息，向第一UE的SMF网元发送第一信息。第一UE的SMF网元根据第一信息释放用于第一UE中继连接的通信资源。例如，第一UE中继连接的通信资源可以是第一UE为中继服务建立的PDU会话。
或者，对于上述情况2，即第一UE是中继UE，第一UE从之前的被允许为第二UE提供中继服务改变为不被允许为所第二UE提供中继服务的情况，第一网元根据第一UE的中继业务签约信息，向第一UE的SMF网元发送第一信息。第一UE的SMF 网元根据第一信息删除第一UE提供中继服务的PDU会话中第二UE的上下文。
进一步的，在一个示例中，上述第一信息或第二信息中还可以包括中继连接释放原因值。中继连接释放原因值用于表征中继连接释放的原因。例如，中继连接释放的原因包括：第一UE的中继业务签约信息发生改变。具体的，对于中继UE来说，中继连接释放的原因可以包括但不限于：提供中继UE的签约到期、能够提供中继服务的远端UE列表发生变化。对于远端UE来说，中继连接释放的原因可以包括但不限于：接受中继服务的签约到期、能够接受中继服务的中继UE列表发生变化。
在一个示例中，上述第一信息或第二信息中还可以包括第二UE的标识信息(如第二UE的ID)。第二UE的标识信息用于接入网设备、第一UE或第一UE的AMF网元知道释放第一UE与哪一个远端UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接，或者用于接入网设备、第一UE或第一UE的AMF网元知道释放第一UE与哪一个中继UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
通过本申请实施例提供的释放中继连接的方法，第一网元在根据远端UE和/或中继UE的业务签约信息确定远端UE和/或中继UE的签约或授权信息有改变时，可以及时指示释放远端UE或中继UE对应的中继连接，或释放远端UE和中继UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。通过根据远端UE和/或中继UE的业务签约信息及时做出反应，可以提高网络侧对中继连接管控的准确性和收费的准确性等问题。
需要说明的是，在本申请实施例中，对于远端UE和中继UE的授权可以采用不同的方案。即，在上述步骤S601之前，上述方法还可以包括：远端UE和/或中继UE的授权流程。例如，远端UE和中继UE可以分别独立授权，如以下表3所示的授权方式一。
或者，在本申请实施例中，远端UE和中继UE可以关联授权。具体的，在远端UE和中继UE分别独立授权之后，远端UE或中继UE向网络侧发起关联授权申请，申请该中继UE能为该远端UE提供中继服务，或者该远端UE能通过该中继UE接入网络。如以下表3所示的授权方式二，授权方式三和授权方式四。
表3
Figure PCTCN2021100212-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2021100212-appb-000004
需要说明的是，由于通过授权方式一获取的分别是远端UE和中继UE的独立授权结果，因此，基于授权方式一的释放中继连接的方法仅适用于上文中的情况1(即第一UE是中继UE，第一UE从被允许为远端UE提供中继服务改变为不被允许为远端UE提供中继服务)和情况3(即第一UE是远端UE，第一UE从被允许接受中继服务改变为不被允许接受中继服务)；而不适用于上文中的情况2和情况4。而通过授权方式二、授权方式三或授权方式四获取的是远端UE和中继UE的关联授权结果，即获取UE是否被允许作为中继UE或远端UE，以及获取UE能够提供中继服务的远端UE的列表或者获取UE能够接收中继服务的中继UE的列表。因此，基于授权方式二、授权方式三或授权方式四的释放中继连接的方法对上文中的情况1、情况2、情况3和情况4均适用。
以下将以图7-图10为例，对上述授权方式一，授权方式二，授权方式三和授权方式四的过程进行介绍。
其中，授权方式一可以包括：远端UE 1从远端UE 1的PCF网元获取远端UE 1的授权信息；中继UE 1从中继UE 1的PCF网元获取授权信息。若远端UE 1或中继UE 1没有注册到网络，则可以使用预配置的授权信息。
如图7所示，远端UE 1和中继UE 1的独立授权(即授权方式一)过程可以通过以下步骤S701-S707实现：
S701、远端UE 1和中继UE 1分别获取独立授权结果。
例如，远端UE 1从远端UE 1的PCF网元获取远端UE 1的授权信息(即远端UE 1的独立授权结果)；中继UE 1从中继UE 1的PCF网元获取中继UE 1的授权信息(即中继UE 1的独立授权结果)。若远端UE 1或中继UE 1没有注册到网络，则可以使用预配置的授权信息。例如，预配置的授权信息可以是UE是否被允许作为远端UE或中继UE。
S702、中继发现与选择流程。
例如，远端UE 1可以广播中继服务信息，广播中继服务信息中可以携带有远端UE 1的标识和需要采用中继方式传输的业务信息(如第一业务的业务信息)。当中继UE 1接收到该广播消息后，可以向远端UE 1发送响应消息。远端UE 1可能会接收到多个中继UE的响应消息，远端UE 1可以根据远端UE 1与每个中继UE之间的信号状态等信息进行中继UE选择，例如选择中继UE1为用于远端UE 1传输第一业务的业务数据的中继UE。关于中继发现流程的具体介绍，可以参考现有技术中的解释和说明，不做赘述。
S703、远端UE 1向中继UE 1发送非直接通信请求(indirect communication request)。
其中，非直接通信请求用于指示中继UE 1建立非直接通信。
S704、中继UE 1发起服务请求(Service Request)。
中继UE 1在接收到远端UE 1的非直接通信请求之后，进入连接态，以便为远端UE 1提供中继服务。例如，若中继UE 1没有处于连接态(RRC connected)，则中继UE 1执行S704，以进入连接态。若中继UE 1处于连接态，则不执行S704。在中继 UE 1进入连接态之后，中继UE 1执行步骤S705。
S705、中继UE 1向远端UE 1发送非直接通信响应(indirect communication response)。
其中，非直接通信响应用于指示远端UE 1非直接通信已建立。
S706、远端UE 1向远端UE 1的AMF网元发送NAS请求消息。
其中，NAS请求消息可以是注册请求消息或业务请求消息。注册请求消息用于远端UE 1注册至网络。业务请求消息用于建立/激活为远端UE 1提供中继服务的PDU会话。例如，若远端UE 1之前已经注册至网络，则NAS请求消息为业务请求消息；若远端UE 1之前未注册至网络，则NAS请求消息为注册请求消息。
S707、远端UE 1的PDU会话建立流程。
其中，PDU会话用于中继UE 1为远端UE 1提供中继服务，以完成远端UE 1请求的上述业务(如第一业务)。例如，上述步骤S707可以由中继UE 1发起。关于PDU会话的建立过程，可以参考现有技术中的介绍，不做赘述。
授权方式二可以包括：远端UE发送NAS请求消息到远端UE的AMF网元；远端UE的AMF网元向中继UE的AMF网元请求授权；中继UE的AMF网元向远端UE的AMF网元返回关联授权结果。其中，关联授权结果是中继UE的AMF网元根据中继UE的签约信息确定的。中继UE的签约信息可以包括但不限于该中继UE可以提供中继服务的远端UE的列表。或者，中继UE发送NAS请求消息到中继UE的AMF网元；中继UE的AMF网元向远端UE的AMF网元请求授权；远端UE的AMF网元向中继UE的AMF网元返回关联授权结果。其中，关联授权结果是远端UE的AMF网元根据远端UE的签约信息确定的。远端UE的签约信息可以包括但不限于该远端UE能够接收中继服务的中继UE的列表。
如图8所示，远端UE和中继UE的授权方式二可以基于图7所示的上述步骤S701-S705，以及以下步骤S801-S804实现：
S801、中继UE 1向中继UE 1的AMF网元发送NAS请求消息。
中继UE 1在非直接通信建立之后，向中继UE 1的AMF网元发送NAS请求消息，以请求获取关联授权结果，即获取已经授权或允许中继UE 1提供中继服务的远端UE的列表。其中，该NAS请求消息用于请求关联授权。
在一些示例中，NAS请求消息中携带有中继UE 1的ID和远端UE 1的ID。
S802、中继UE 1的AMF网元向远端UE 1的AMF网元发送授权请求消息(Authorization Request)。
其中，授权请求消息用于请求获取关联授权结果。授权请求消息中携带有中继UE 1的ID和远端UE 1的ID。
S803、远端UE 1的AMF网元向中继UE 1的AMF网元发送授权响应消息(Authorization Response)。
其中，授权响应消息中携带有关联授权结果。例如，关联授权结果包括已经授权或允许中继UE 1提供中继服务的远端UE的列表。
S804、远端UE 1的AMF网元存储已经授权或允许为远端UE 1提供中继服务的中继UE 1的ID，以及中继UE 1的AMF网元的ID。
需要说明的是，图8是以中继UE发起关联授权请求为例进行介绍的。事实上，远端UE也可以采用类似图8所示的授权方式二。具体的，远端UE 1向远端UE 1的AMF网元发送NAS请求消息。其中，NAS请求消息中携带有中继UE 1的ID和远端UE 1的ID。然后，远端UE 1的AMF网元向中继UE 1的AMF网元发送授权请求消息，以及接收来自中继UE 1的AMF网元的关联授权结果。其中，关联授权结果存储在远端UE 1的AMF网元中。
授权方式三可以包括：中继UE 1发送NAS请求消息到中继UE 1的AMF网元。其中，NAS请求消息中包括中继UE 1的ID和远端UE 1的ID。中继UE 1的AMF网元和远端UE 1的AMF网元交互确定授权结果，并返回给中继UE 1。或者，远端UE 1发送NAS请求消息到远端UE 1的AMF网元。其中，NAS请求消息中包括中继UE 1的ID和远端UE 1的ID。远端UE 1的AMF网元和中继UE 1的AMF网元交互确定授权结果，并返回给远端UE 1。
如图9所示，远端UE 1和中继UE 1的授权方式三可以基于图7所示的上述步骤S701-S703，以及以下步骤S901-S903实现：
S901、中继UE 1向中继UE 1的AMF网元发送NAS请求消息。
中继UE 1在非直接通信建立之后，向中继UE 1的AMF网元发送NAS请求消息，以请求获取关联授权结果，即获取已经授权或允许中继UE 1提供中继服务的远端UE的列表。其中，NAS请求消息用于请求关联授权。
在一些示例中，NAS请求消息中携带有中继UE 1的ID和远端UE 1的ID。
S902、中继UE 1的AMF网元向中继UE 1发送NAS响应消息。
其中，NAS响应消息中携带有关联授权结果。例如，关联授权结果包括已经授权或允许中继UE 1提供中继服务的远端UE的列表。
S903、中继UE 1的AMF网元存储已经授权或允许中继UE 1提供中继服务的远端UE的ID。
需要说明的是，图9是以中继UE发起关联授权请求为例进行介绍的。事实上，远端UE也可以采用类似图9所示的授权方式三。具体的，远端UE 1向远端UE 1的AMF网元发送NAS请求消息。其中，NAS请求消息中携带有中继UE 1的ID和远端UE 1的ID。以及接收来自远端UE 1的AMF网元的关联授权结果。其中，关联授权结果存储在远端UE 1的AMF网元中。
授权方式四可以包括：中继UE 1发送NAS请求消息到中继UE 1的AMF网元；中继UE 1的AMF网元转发授权请求至中继UE 1的PCF网元；中继UE 1的PCF网元去UDM/UDR网元获取中继UE 1的签约信息，并根据中继UE 1的签约信息向返回授权结果。其中，中继UE 1的签约信息可以包括但不限于该中继UE 1可以提供中继服务的远端UE的列表。或者，远端UE 1发送NAS请求消息到远端UE 1的AMF网元；远端UE 1的AMF网元转发授权请求至远端UE 1的PCF网元；远端UE 1的PCF网元去UDM/UDR网元获取远端UE 1的签约信息，并根据远端UE 1的签约信息向返回授权结果。其中，远端UE 1的签约信息可以包括但不限于该远端UE 1能够接收中继服务的中继UE的列表。
如图10所示，远端UE 1和中继UE 1的授权方式四可以基于图7所示的上述步 骤S701-S703，以及以下步骤S1001-S1003实现：
S1001、中继UE 1向中继UE 1的PCF网元发送授权请求消息(Authorization Request)。
中继UE 1在非直接通信建立之后，向中继UE 1的PCF网元发送送授权请求消息，以请求获取关联授权结果，即获取已经授权或允许中继UE 1提供中继服务的远端UE的列表。例如，中继UE 1通过中继UE 1的AMF向中继UE 1的PCF网元发送授权请求消息，中继UE 1的AMF转发该授权请求消息。其中，授权请求消息用于获取关联授权结果。
在一些示例中，授权请求消息中包括中继UE 1的ID和远端UE 1的ID。
S1002、中继UE 1的PCF网元向中继UE 1发送授权响应消息(Authorization Response)。
其中，授权响应消息中包括关联授权结果。例如，具体地，中继UE 1的PCF网元通过中继UE 1的AMF向中继UE 1发送授权响应消息。其中，关联授权结果包括已经授权或允许中继UE 1提供中继服务的远端UE的列表。
S1003、中继UE 1的PCF网元存储已经授权或允许中继UE 1提供中继服务的远端UE的ID。
需要说明的是，图10是以中继UE发起关联授权请求为例进行介绍的。事实上，远端UE也可以采用类似图10所示的授权方式四。具体的，远端UE 1向远端UE 1的PCF网元发送授权请求消息。其中，授权请求消息中携带有中继UE 1的ID和远端UE 1的ID。以及接收来自远端UE 1的PCF网元的关联授权结果。其中，关联授权结果存储在远端UE 1的PCF网元中。
或者，也可以采用远端UE的PCF网元和中继UE的PCF网元协商的关联授权结果。以中继UE1发起关联授权请求为例，中继UE 1的PCF网元在接收到来自中继UE 1的授权请求消息之后，向远端UE 1请求关联授权结果，然后将已经授权或允许中继UE 1提供中继服务的远端UE的ID存储在中继UE 1的PCF网元中。
需要说明的是，上述表3仅以5G通信系统作为示例。对于其他通信系统，可以参考上述授权方式。例如，对于4G通信系统，上述表3中的AMF网元可以替换为MME网元。
另外，图7-图10仅分别以上述授权方式一、授权方式二、授权方式三和授权方式四一种可能的实现过程作为示例，本申请不限定独立授权和关联授权的具体方案，关于独立授权和关联授权的详细实现方式和实现过程，可以参考现有技术中的具体介绍。
以下结合图11-图14，介绍本申请实施例提供的释放中继连接的方法的几种可能的实现过程。其中，图11-图14所示的实施例中，远端UE 1建立了基于中继UE 1的非直接通信链路。并且，远端UE 1和/或中继UE 1已获取授权结果。例如，远端UE 1和/或中继UE 1已获取采用图8、图9或图10所示的方法得到的关联授权结果；或远端UE 1和中继UE 1已获取采用取图7所示的方法得到的独立授权结果。
在一些示例中，图11所示的一种释放中继连接的方法可以基于上述授权方式一(即独立授权方式)进行。如上文所述，基于授权方式一的释放中继连接的方法仅适用于上文中的情况1和情况3。
例如，第一网元是中继UE 1的PCF网元，第一信息由中继UE 1的PCF网元发送给中继UE 1。如图11所示，本申请实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法，具体包括以下步骤S1101-S1107：
S1101、中继UE 1的PCF网元从UDM/UDR网元获取中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息。
其中，中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息存储在UDM/UDR网元中。例如，中继业务签约信息用于表征中继UE 1是否被允许为远端UE提供中继服务。
S1102、中继UE 1的PCF网元根据中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息确定中继UE 1不被允许作为中继设备。
例如，若中继UE 1的PCF网元根据中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息可以确定中继UE 1从被允许为远端UE提供中继服务改变为不被允许为远端UE提供中继服务，则可以确定中继UE 1不被允许作为中继设备。
示例性的，中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息从包括中继UE 1被允许为远端UE提供中继服务的指示信息改变为不包括中继UE 1被允许为远端UE提供中继服务的指示信息，则中继UE 1的PCF网元可以确定中继UE 1不被允许作为中继设备。
S1103、中继UE 1的PCF网元向中继UE 1发送第一中继服务授权撤销信息。
其中，第一中继服务授权撤销信息用于释放中继UE 1对应的中继连接。
示例性的，中继UE 1的PCF网元可以通过授权更新消息(Authorization Update)向中继UE 1发送第一中继服务授权撤销信息。其中，第一中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权中继UE 1作为中继UE。
在一些示例中，第一中继服务授权撤销信息中可以包括中继连接释放原因值。中继连接释放原因值用于表征中继连接释放的原因。例如，中继连接释放的原因包括：中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息发生改变。例如，提供中继服务的签约到期。
S1104、中继UE 1向RAN发送第二信息。
其中，第二信息用于请求释放中继UE 1与RAN之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
例如，对于层2中继，第二信息用于请求释放中继UE 1与RAN之间用于中继服务的通信资源(如PDU会话资源)。对于层3中继，第二信息用于请求删除中继UE 1提供中继服务的PDU会话中所有远端UE(包括远端UE 1)的上下文。其中，远端UE的上下文可以包括但不限于远端UE的ID和/或远端UE的IP。
在一些示例中，中继UE 1可以通过RRC消息向RAN发送第二信息。
在一些实例中，第二信息中包括远端UE 1的ID和中继连接释放原因。
S1105、中继UE 1向远端UE 1发送第六信息。
其中，第六信息用于请求释放中继UE 1与远端UE 1之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在一些示例中，中继UE 1可以通过链路释放消息(Link Release)向远端UE 1发送第六信息。本申请中的第六信息也可以直接为链路释放消息。
在一些实例中，第六信息中包括中继连接释放原因。
S1106、RAN释放中继UE 1与RAN之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
S1107、远端UE 1释放中继UE 1与远端UE 1之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
需要说明的是，对于中继UE 1不被允许作为中继设备的情况，中继UE 1除了向远端UE 1发送第六信息，还会向其它与中继UE 1建立了中继连接的远端UE发送第六信息，用于请求释放中继UE 1与其它远端UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。又如，如图11所示，本申请实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法，具体可以包括以下步骤S1108-S1111：
S1108、中继UE 1的PCF网元从UDM/UDR网元获取远端UE 1的中继业务签约信息。
其中，远端UE 1的中继业务签约信息存储在UDM/UDR网元中。例如，远端UE 1的中继业务签约信息用于表征远端UE 1是否被允许接受中继服务。
S1109、中继UE 1的PCF网元根据远端UE 1继业务签约信息确定远端UE 1不被允许接受中继服务。
例如，若中继UE 1的PCF网元根据远端UE 1的中继业务签约信息可以确定远端UE 1从被允许接受中继服务改变为不被允许接受中继服务，则可以确定远端UE 1不被允许接受中继服务。
示例性的，远端UE 1的中继业务签约信息从包括远端UE 1被允许接受中继服务的指示信息改变为不包括远端UE 1被允许接受中继服务的指示信息，则远端UE 1的PCF网元可以确定远端UE 1不被允许接受中继服务。
S1110、中继UE 1的PCF网元向远端UE 1发送第一信息。
其中，第一信息用于释放远端UE 1对应的中继连接。
例如，中继UE 1的PCF网元可以通过授权更新消息(Authorization Update)向远端UE 1发送第一中继服务授权撤销信息或者第一中继连接释放信息(即第一信息)。其中，第一中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权中继UE 1作为中继UE。第一中继连接释放信息用于指示释放远端UE 1对应的中继连接。
在一些示例中，第一信息中可以包括中继连接释放原因值。中继连接释放原因值用于表征中继连接释放的原因。例如，中继连接释放的原因包括：中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息发生改变。例如，接受中继服务的签约到期。
S1111、远端UE 1触发释放远端UE 1对应的中继连接。
例如，远端UE 1请求RAN释放RAN用于远端UE 1的中继连接的通信资源，以及释放远端UE 1和所有与远端UE 1建立了中继连接的中继UE(包括中继UE 1)之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
或者，对于上述远端UE 1不被允许接受中继服务，如图11所示，本申请实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法，具体可以包括以下步骤S1112-S1116：
S1112、远端UE 1的AMF网元接收来自远端UE 1的NAS消息。
其中，NAS消息用于通知远端UE 1的AMF网元远端UE 1通过非直接通信方式(即中继方式)接入。
S1113、远端UE 1的AMF网元从UDM/UDR网元获取远端UE 1的中继业务签约信息。
其中，远端UE 1的中继业务签约信息存储在UDM/UDR网元中。例如，远端UE 1的中继业务签约信息用于表征远端UE 1是否被允许接受中继服务。
S1114、远端UE 1的AMF网元根据远端UE 1继业务签约信息确定远端UE 1不被允许接受中继服务。
例如，若中继UE 1的PCF网元根据远端UE 1的中继业务签约信息可以确定远端UE 1从被允许接受中继服务改变为不被允许接受中继服务，则可以确定远端UE 1不被允许接受中继服务。
S1115、远端UE 1的AMF网元向RAN发送第一信息。
其中，第一信息用于释放远端UE 1对应的中继连接。
示例性的，远端UE 1的AMF网元可以通过N2消息向RAN发送第一中继服务授权撤销信息或者第一中继连接释放信息(即第一信息)。其中，第一中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权远端UE 1作为远端UE。第一中继连接释放信息用于指示释放远端UE 1对应的中继连接。
S1116、RAN释放远端UE 1对应的中继连接。
例如，RAN释放RAN用于远端UE 1的中继连接的通信资源，以及释放远端UE 1与中继UE 1之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
需要说明的是，基于上述授权方式一的释放中继连接的方法可以包括上述步骤S1101-S1107，或者包括上述步骤S1108-S1111，或者包括上述步骤S1112-S1116，或者包括上述步骤S1101-S1107和S1108-S1111，或者包括上述步骤S1101-S1107和S1112-S1116。
通过本申请上述基于授权方式一的实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法，中继UE 1的PCF网元可以在根据远端UE 1的业务签约信息确定远端UE 1不被允许接受中继服务时，及时指示远端UE 1释放远端UE1对应的中继连接，或者在远端UE 1的AMF网元根据远端UE 1的业务签约信息确定远端UE 1不被允许接受中继服务时，及时指示RAN释放远端UE1对应的中继连接；和/或在中继UE 1的PCF网元根据中继UE 1的业务签约信息确定中继UE 1不被允许提供中继服务时，及时指示中继UE 1释放中继UE 1对应的中继连接。通过根据远端UE 1和/或中继UE 1的业务签约信息及时做出反应，可以提高网络侧对中继连接管控的准确性和收费的准确性等问题。
在一些示例中，图12A和图12B所示的一种释放中继连接的方法可以基于上述授权方式二进行。如上文所述，基于授权方式二的释放中继连接的方法对上文中的情况1、情况2、情况3和情况4均适用。
例如，第一网元是中继UE 1的AMF网元，第一信息由中继UE 1的AMF网元发送给RAN。请参考图12A，本申请实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法，具体包括以下步骤S1201A-S1204A：
S1201A、中继UE 1的AMF网元从UDM/UDR网元获取中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息。
其中，中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息可以存储在UDM/UDR网元中。例如，中继业务签约信息用于表征中继UE 1是否被允许为远端UE提供中继服务。
S1202A、中继UE 1的AMF网元根据中继UE 1继业务签约信息确定中继UE 1不被允许作为中继设备。
例如，若中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息从包括中继UE 1被允许提供中继服务的 远端UE的标识信息改变为不包括中继UE 1被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息；或者根据中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息可以确定中继UE 1从被允许为远端UE提供中继服务改变为不被允许为远端UE提供中继服务，则可以确定中继UE 1不被允许作为中继设备。
S1203A、中继UE 1的AMF网元向RAN发送第一信息。
其中，第一信息用于释放中继UE 1对应的中继连接。
示例性的，中继UE 1的AMF网元可以通过N2消息向RAN发送第一中继服务授权撤销信息或者第一中继连接释放信息(即第一信息)。其中，第一中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权中继UE 1作为中继UE。第一中继连接释放信息用于指示释放中继UE 1对应的中继连接。
在一些示例中，第一信息中可以包括与中继UE 1建立了中继连接的所有远端UE的ID。
在一些示例中，第一信息中可以包括中继连接释放原因值。中继连接释放原因值用于表征中继连接释放的原因。例如，中继连接释放的原因包括：中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息发生改变。例如，提供中继服务的签约到期。
或者，中继UE 1的AMF网元可以向远端UE 1的AMF网元发送第一中继服务授权撤销信息，以指示远端UE 1的AMF网元向RAN发送第一信息。
S1204A、RAN释放中继UE 1对应的中继连接。
例如，RAN根据第一信息释放中继UE 1与RAN之间的中继连接，以及向中继UE 1发送第二信息。其中，第二信息用于释放中继UE 1与所有和中继UE 1建立了中继连接的远端UE(包括远端UE 1)之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。中继UE 1在接收到第二信息之后，根据第二信息释放中继UE 1与所有和中继UE 1建立了中继连接的远端UE(包括远端UE 1)之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
又如，如图12A所示，本申请实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法，具体可以包括以下步骤S1205A-S1208A：
S1205A、远端UE 1的AMF网元从UDM/UDR网元获取远端UE 1的中继业务签约信息。
其中，远端UE 1的中继业务签约信息可以存储在UDM/UDR网元中。例如，远端UE 1的中继业务签约信息用于表征远端UE 1是否被允许接受中继服务。
S1206A、远端UE 1的AMF网元根据远端UE 1继业务签约信息确定远端UE 1不被允许接受中继服务。
例如，若远端UE 1的中继业务签约信息从包括远端UE 1被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息改变为不包括远端UE 1被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息；或者根据远端UE 1的中继业务签约信息可以确定远端UE 1从被允许接受中继服务改变为不被允许接受中继服务，则可以确定远端UE 1不被允许接受中继服务。
示例性的，远端UE 1的中继业务签约信息从包括上述表2改变为不包括任何远端UE 1被允许接受中继服务的中继UE标识信息，则远端UE 1的PCF网元可以确定远端UE 1不被允许接受中继服务。
S1207A、远端UE 1的AMF网元向RAN发送第一信息。
其中，第一信息用于释放远端UE 1对应的中继连接。
示例性的，远端UE 1的AMF网元可以通过N2消息向RAN发送第一中继服务授权撤销信息或者第一中继连接释放信息(即第一信息)。其中，第一中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权远端UE 1作为远端UE。第一中继连接释放信息用于指示释放远端UE 1对应的中继连接。
在一些示例中，第一信息中包括与远端UE 1建立了中继连接的所有中继UE的ID。
在一些示例中，第一信息中可以包括中继连接释放原因值。中继连接释放原因值用于表征中继连接释放的原因。例如，中继连接释放的原因包括：中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息发生改变。例如，接受中继服务的签约到期。
S1208A、RAN释放远端UE 1对应的中继连接。
示例性的，RAN可以根据第一信息释放以下资源中的至少一种：RAN用于远端UE 1的中继连接的通信资源；远端UE 1与中继UE 1之间用于中继连接的通信资源。
例如，对于层2中继，RAN根据第一信息向远端UE 1发送第二信息。其中，第二信息用于释放远端UE 1与所有与远端UE 1建立了中继连接的中继UE(包括中继UE 1)之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。远端UE 1在接收到第二信息之后，根据第二信息释放远端UE 1与所有与远端UE 1建立了中继连接的中继UE(包括中继UE 1)之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
又如，对于层3中继，RAN根据第一信息删除中继UE 1提供中继服务的PDU会话中远端UE 1的上下文，以及向远端UE 1发送第二信息。其中，第二信息用于释放远端UE 1与所有与远端UE 1建立了中继连接的中继UE(包括中继UE 1)之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。远端UE 1在接收到第二信息之后，根据第二信息释放远端UE 1与所有与远端UE 1建立了中继连接的中继UE(包括中继UE 1)之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
需要说明的是，基于上述授权方式二的释放中继连接的方法可以包括上述步骤S1201A-S1204A，和/或S1205A-S1208A。
又如，第一网元是中继UE 1的AMF网元，第一信息由中继UE 1的AMF网元发送给RAN。如图12B所示，本申请实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法，具体包括以下步骤S1201B-S1205B：
S1201B、中继UE 1的AMF网元从UDM/UDR网元获取中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息。
其中，中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息可以存储在UDM/UDR网元中。例如，中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息包括中继UE 1被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的列表。
S1202B、中继UE 1的AMF网元根据中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息确定中继UE 1不被允许为远端UE 1提供中继服务。
例如，若中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息从包括中继UE 1被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息且该远端UE的标识信息包括远端UE 1的标识信息，改变为不包括中继UE 1被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息；或者中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息中中继UE 1被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息从包括远端UE 1的标识信息改变为不包括远端UE 1的标识信息；或者根据中继UE 1的中继业务签约信 息确定中继UE 1从被允许为远端UE 1提供中继服务改变为不被允许为远端UE 1提供中继服务，则可以确定中继UE 1不被允许为远端UE 1提供中继服务。
示例性的，中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息从包括上述表1所示的被允许为UE1和UE4提供中继服务改变为仅被允许为UE1提供中继服务，则中继UE 1的AMF网元可以确定中继UE 1不被允许为UE4提供中继服务。
S1203B、中继UE 1的AMF网元向远端UE 1的AMF网元发送第二中继服务授权撤销信息。
其中，第二信息用于释放远端UE 1与中继UE 1之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。例如，第二信息可以是第二中继服务授权撤销信息。第二中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权中继UE 1为远端UE 1提供中继服务。
示例性的，中继UE 1的AMF网元可以通过授权更新消息(Authorization Update)向远端UE 1的AMF网元发送第二信息。
在一些示例中，第二信息中包括远端UE 1的ID。
在一些示例中，第二信息中可以包括中继连接释放原因值。中继连接释放原因值用于表征中继连接释放的原因。例如，中继连接释放的原因包括：中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息发生改变。例如，中继UE 1能够提供中继服务的远端UE列表发生变化。
S1204B、远端UE 1的AMF网元向RAN发送第一信息。
其中，第一信息用于释放远端UE 1与中继UE 1之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
示例性的，远端UE 1的AMF网元可以通过N2消息向RAN发送第二中继连接释放信息(即第一信息)。其中，第二中继连接释放信息用于指示释放远端UE 1与中继UE 1之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在一些示例中，第一信息中包括远端UE 1的ID。
在一些示例中，第一信息中可以包括中继连接释放原因值。中继连接释放原因值用于表征中继连接释放的原因。例如，中继连接释放的原因包括：中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息发生改变。例如，中继UE 1能够提供中继服务的远端UE列表发生变化。
在一些示例中，上述步骤S1203B-S1204B也可以替换为：中继UE 1的AMF网元直接向RAN发送第一信息。
S1205B、RAN释放远端UE 1与中继UE 1之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
例如，对于层2中继，RAN根据第一信息释放RAN用于第一UE的中继连接的通信资源，以及向中继UE 1发送第二信息。其中，第二信息用于释放远端UE 1与中继UE 1之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。中继UE 1在接收到第二信息之后，根据第二信息释放远端UE 1与中继UE 1之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
又如，对于层3中继，RAN根据第一信息向中继UE 1发送第二信息。其中，第二信息用于释放远端UE 1与中继UE 1之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。中继UE 1在接收到第二信息之后，根据第二信息释放远端UE 1与中继UE 1之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
又如，如图12B所示，本申请实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法，具体可以包括以下步骤S1206B-S1209B：
S1206B、远端UE 1的AMF网元从UDM/UDR网元获取远端UE 1的中继业务签 约信息。
其中，远端UE 1的中继业务签约信息可以存储在UDM/UDR网元中。例如，远端UE 1的中继业务签约信息包括远端UE 1被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的列表。
S1207B、远端UE 1的AMF网元根据远端UE 1的中继业务签约信息确定远端UE 1不被允许接受中继UE 1提供的中继服务。
例如，若远端UE 1的中继业务签约信息从包括远端UE 1被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息且该中继UE的标识信息包括中继UE 1的标识信息，改变为不包括远端UE 1被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息；或者远端UE 1的中继业务签约信息中远端UE 1被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息从包括中继UE 1的标识信息改变为不包括中继UE 1的标识信息；或者根据远端UE 1的中继业务签约信息确定远端UE 1从被允许接受中继UE 1提供的中继服务改变为不被允许接受中继UE 1提供的中继服务，则可以确定远端UE 1不被允许接受中继UE 1提供的中继服务。
示例性的，远端UE 1的中继业务签约信息从包括上述表2所示的被允许接受UE2和UE3提供的中继服务改变为仅被允许接受UE2提供的中继服务，则远端UE 1的AMF网元可以确定远端UE 1不被允许接受UE3提供的中继服务。
S1208B、远端UE 1的AMF网元向RAN发送第一信息。
其中，第一信息用于释放远端UE 1与中继UE 1之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
示例性的，远端UE 1的AMF网元可以通过N2消息向RAN发送第二中继服务授权撤销信息或者第二中继连接释放信息(即第一信息)。其中，第二中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权远端UE 1接受中继UE 1提供的中继服务。第二中继连接释放信息用于指示释放远端UE 1与中继UE 1之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
在一些示例中，第一信息中包括中继UE 1的ID。
在一些示例中，第一信息中可以包括中继连接释放原因值。中继连接释放原因值用于表征中继连接释放的原因。例如，中继连接释放的原因包括：中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息发生改变。例如，远端UE 1能够接受中继服务的中继UE列表发生变化。
S1209B、RAN释放远端UE 1与中继UE 1之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
例如，对于层2中继，RAN根据第一信息释放RAN用于第一UE的中继连接的通信资源，以及向中继UE 1发送第二信息。其中，第二信息用于释放远端UE 1与中继UE 1之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。中继UE 1在接收到第二信息之后，根据第二信息释放远端UE 1与中继UE 1之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
又如，对于层3中继，RAN根据第一信息向中继UE 1发送第二信息。其中，第二信息用于释放远端UE 1与中继UE 1之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。中继UE 1在接收到第二信息之后，根据第二信息释放远端UE 1与中继UE 1之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
需要说明的是，基于上述授权方式二的释放中继连接的方法可以包括上述步骤S1201B-S1205B，和/或S1206B-S12089B。
另外，图12A和图12B所示的释放中继连接的方法是基于中继UE 1发起的授权方式二进行的。基于远端UE 1发起的授权方式二的释放中继连接的方法，也可以参考图12A和图2B所示的方法，这里不作具体介绍。通过本申请上述基于授权方式二的 实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法，AMF网元可以在根据远端UE1的业务签约信息确定远端UE 1不被允许接受中继服务时，及时指示RAN释放远端UE1对应的中继连接；和/或在根据中继UE 1的业务签约信息确定中继UE 1不被允许提供中继服务时，及时指示RAN释放中继UE 1对应的中继连接；和/或在根据中继UE 1的业务签约信息确定中继UE 1不被允许为远端UE 1提供中继服务时，及时指示RAN释放远端UE1和中继UE 1之间的中继服务对应的中继连接；和/或在根据远端UE1的业务签约信息确定远端UE 1不被允许接受中继UE 1提供的中继服务时，及时指示RAN释放远端UE1和中继UE 1之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。通过根据远端UE 1和/或中继UE 1的业务签约信息及时做出反应，可以提高网络侧对中继连接管控的准确性和收费的准确性等问题。
在一些示例中，图13所示的一种释放中继连接的方法可以基于上述授权方式三进行。如上文所述，基于授权方式三的释放中继连接的方法对上文中的情况1、情况2、情况3和情况4均适用。
例如，第一网元是中继UE 1的AMF网元，第一信息由中继UE 1的AMF网元发送给中继UE 1。如图13所示，本申请实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法，可以基于图11所示的步骤S1101-S1107，并将步骤S1101-S1102替换为图12A所示的步骤1201A-S1202A，将步骤S1103替换为S1301：
S1301、中继UE 1的AMF网元向中继UE 1发送第一中继服务授权撤销信息。
其中，第一中继服务授权撤销信息用于释放中继UE 1对应的中继连接。
示例性的，中继UE 1的AMF网元可以通过授权更新消息(Authorization Update)向中继UE 1发送第一中继服务授权撤销信息。其中，第一中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权中继UE 1作为中继UE。
在一些示例中，第一中继服务授权撤销信息中包括与中继UE 1建立了中继连接的所有远端UE的ID。
在一些示例中，第一中继服务授权撤销信息中可以包括中继连接释放原因值。中继连接释放原因值用于表征中继连接释放的原因。例如，中继连接释放的原因包括：中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息发生改变。例如，提供中继服务的签约到期。
又如，本申请实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法可以基于图13的上述步骤S1201A-S1202A、S1301和S1104-S1107，将步骤S1202A替换为：中继UE 1的AMF网元根据中继UE 1的签约信息确定中继UE 1不被允许为远端UE 1提供中继服务。将步骤S1301替换为：中继UE 1的AMF网元向中继UE 1发送第二中继服务授权撤销信息，用于指示撤销授权中继UE 1为远端UE 1提供中继服务。上述步骤S1104中中继UE 1向RAN发送的第二信息用于请求释放中继UE 1与RAN之间用于远端UE 1中继服务的通信资源或者对应的中继连接。将上述步骤S1106替换为：RAN释放中继UE 1与RAN之间用于远端UE 1中继服务的通信资源，或者，RAN释放中继UE 1与RAN之间用于远端UE 1的中继服务对应的中继连接。
又如，本申请实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法，具体可以包括图12A所示的上述步骤S1205A-S1208A，具体可参考上文中对于步骤S1205A-S1208A的介绍。
又如，本申请实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法，具体可以包括图12B所示 的上述步骤S1206B-S1209B，具体可参考上文中对于步骤S1206B-S1209B的介绍。
需要说明的是，基于上述授权方式三的释放中继连接的方法可以包括上述步骤S1201A-S1202A、S1301和S1104-S1107，或者包括上述步骤S1205A-S1208A，或者包括上述步骤S1206B-S1209B，或者包括上述步骤S1201A-S1202A、S1301、S1104-S1107和S1205A-S1208A，或者包括上述步骤S1201A-S1202A、S1301、S1104-S1107和S1206B-S1209B。
另外，图13所示的释放中继连接的方法是基于中继UE 1发起的授权方式三进行的。基于远端UE 1发起的授权方式三的释放中继连接的方法，也可以参考图13所示的方法，这里不作具体介绍。
通过本申请上述基于授权方式三的实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法，AMF网元可以在根据远端UE1的业务签约信息确定远端UE 1不被允许接受中继服务时，及时指示RAN释放远端UE1对应的中继连接；和/或在根据中继UE1的业务签约信息确定中继UE 1不被允许提供中继服务时，及时指示中继UE 1释放中继UE 1对应的中继连接；和/或在根据中继UE1的业务签约信息确定中继UE 1不被允许为远端UE 1提供中继服务时，及时指示中继UE 1释放远端UE1和中继UE 1之间的中继服务对应的中继连接；和/或在根据远端UE1的业务签约信息确定远端UE 1不被允许接受中继UE 1提供的中继服务时，及时指示RAN释放远端UE1和中继UE 1之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。通过根据远端UE 1和/或中继UE 1的业务签约信息及时做出反应，可以提高网络侧对中继连接管控的准确性和收费的准确性等问题。
在一些示例中，图14所示的一种释放中继连接的方法可以基于上述授权方式四进行。如上文所述，基于授权方式四的释放中继连接的方法对上文中的情况1、情况2、情况3和情况4均适用。
例如，第一网元是中继UE 1的PCF网元，第一信息由中继UE 1的PCF网元发送给中继UE 1。如图14所示，本申请实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法，可以基于图13所示的步骤S1201A-S1202A、S1301以及S1104-S1107，并将步骤S1201A-S1202A替换为图11所示的步骤S1101-S1102，将步骤S1301替换为步骤S1401：
S1401、中继UE 1的PCF网元向中继UE 1发送第一中继服务授权撤销信息。
其中，第一中继服务授权撤销信息用于释放中继UE 1对应的中继连接。
例如，中继UE 1的PCF网元可以通过授权更新(Authorization Update)经由中继UE 1的AMF网元向中继UE 1发第一中继服务授权撤销信息。
在一些示例中，第一中继服务授权撤销信息中可以包括所有与中继UE 1建立了中继连接的远端UE的ID。
在一些示例中，第一中继服务授权撤销信息中可以包括中继连接释放原因值。中继连接释放原因值用于表征中继连接释放的原因。例如，中继连接释放的原因包括：中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息发生改变。例如，提供中继服务的签约到期。
又如，本申请实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法可以基于图11的上述步骤S1108-S1109和图14的上述步骤S1401和S1104-S1107。将步骤S1109替换为：中继UE 1的PCF网元根据中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息确定中继UE 1不被允许为远端UE 1提供中继服务。将步骤S1401替换为：中继UE 1的PCF网元向中继UE 1发送 第二中继服务授权撤销信息，用于撤销授权中继UE 1为远端UE 1提供中继服务。上述步骤S1104中，中继UE 1向RAN发送的第二信息用于请求释放中继UE 1与RAN之间用于远端UE 1中继服务的通信资源或者对应的中继连接。将上述步骤S1106替换为：RAN释放中继UE 1与RAN之间用于远端UE 1中继服务的通信资源，或者，RAN释放中继UE 1与RAN之间用于远端UE 1的中继服务对应的中继连接。
或者，本申请实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法，具体可以包括图11所示的上述步骤S1108和S1109，以及以下步骤S1402-S1403：
S1402、中继UE 1的PCF网元向RAN发送第一信息。
其中，第一信息用于释放远端UE 1对应的中继连接。
示例性的，中继UE 1的PCF网元可以通过N2消息向RAN发送第一中继服务授权撤销信息或者第一中继连接释放信息(即第一信息)。其中，第一中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权远端UE 1作为远端UE。第一中继连接释放信息用于指示释放远端UE 1对应的中继连接。
在一些示例中，第一信息中包括与远端UE 1建立了中继连接的所有中继UE的ID。
在一些示例中，第一信息中可以包括中继连接释放原因值。中继连接释放原因值用于表征中继连接释放的原因。例如，中继连接释放的原因包括：中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息发生改变。例如，接受中继服务的签约到期。
S1403、RAN释放远端UE 1对应的中继连接。
示例性的，RAN可以根据第一信息释放以下资源中的至少一种：RAN用于远端UE 1的中继连接的通信资源；远端UE 1与中继UE 1之间用于中继连接的通信资源。
例如，对于层2中继，RAN根据第一信息向远端UE 1发送第二信息。其中，第二信息用于释放远端UE 1与所有与远端UE 1建立了中继连接的中继UE(包括中继UE 1)之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。远端UE 1在接收到第二信息之后，根据第二信息释放远端UE 1与所有与远端UE 1建立了中继连接的中继UE(包括中继UE 1)之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
又如，对于层3中继，RAN根据第一信息删除中继UE 1提供中继服务的PDU会话中远端UE 1的上下文，以及向远端UE 1发送第二信息。其中，第二信息用于释放远端UE 1与所有与远端UE 1建立了中继连接的中继UE(包括中继UE 1)之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。远端UE 1在接收到第二信息之后，根据第二信息释放远端UE 1与所有与远端UE 1建立了中继连接的中继UE(包括中继UE 1)之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
或者，本申请实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法可以基于图12A所示的步骤S1201B-S1205B，并将S1201B替换为：中继UE 1的PCF网元从UDM/UDR网元获取中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息。例如，中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息包括中继UE 1被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的列表。将S1202B替换为：中继UE 1的PCF网元根据中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息确定中继UE 1不被允许为远端UE 1提供中继服务。将S1203B替换为：中继UE 1的PCF网元向远端UE 1的AMF网元发送第二中继服务授权撤销信息。
或者，本申请实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法可以基于图12B所示的步骤 S1206B-S1209B，并将S1206B替换为：中继UE 1的PCF网元从UDM/UDR网元获取远端UE 1的中继业务签约信息。例如，远端UE 1的中继业务签约信息包括远端UE 1被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的列表。将S1207B替换为：中继UE 1的PCF网元根据远端UE 1的中继业务签约信息确定远端UE 1不被允许接受中继UE 1提供的中继服务。将S1208B替换为：中继UE 1的PCF网元向RAN发送第一信息。
需要说明的是，基于上述授权方式四的释放中继连接的方法可以包括上述步骤S1101-S1102、S1401和S1104-S1107，或者包括上述步骤S1108-S1109和S1402-S1403，或者包括上述步骤S1101-S1102、S1401、S1104-S1107、S1108-S1109和S1402-S1403。或者包括上述中继UE 1不被允许为远端UE 1提供中继服务或远端UE 1不被允许接受中继UE 1提供的中继服务对应的步骤。
另外，图14所示的释放中继连接的方法是基于中继UE 1发起的授权方式四进行的。基于远端UE 1发起的授权方式四的释放中继连接的方法，也可以参考图14所示的方法，这里不作具体介绍。
另外，上述基于授权方式四的释放中继连接的方法，例如图14所示的释放中继连接的方法对于基于远端UE的PCF网元和中继UE的PCF网元协商确定关联授权结果的情况同样适用，这里不作重复。
通过本申请上述基于授权方式四的实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法，PCF网元可以在根据远端UE1的业务签约信息确定远端UE 1不被允许接受中继服务时，及时指示RAN释放远端UE1对应的中继连接；和/或在根据中继UE1的业务签约信息确定中继UE 1不被允许提供中继服务时，及时指示中继UE 1释放中继UE 1对应的中继连接；和/或在根据中继UE1的业务签约信息确定中继UE 1不被允许为远端UE 1提供中继服务时，及时指示中继UE 1释放远端UE1和中继UE 1之间的中继服务对应的中继连接；和/或在根据远端UE1的业务签约信息确定远端UE 1不被允许接受中继UE 1提供的中继服务时，及时指示RAN释放远端UE1和中继UE 1之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。通过根据远端UE 1和/或中继UE 1的业务签约信息及时做出反应，可以提高网络侧对中继连接管控的准确性和收费的准确性等问题。
在一些示例中，图15所示的一种释放中继连接的方法可以基于上述授权方式四进行。
例如，第一网元是中继UE 1的PCF网元，第一信息由中继UE 1的PCF网元发送给中继UE 1。如图15所示，本申请实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法可以基于图14所示的S1101-S1102、S1401和S1104-S1107，并将S1104-S1107替换为S1501-S1502：
S1501、中继UE 1向中继UE 1的SMF网元发送第一中继连接释放信息。
其中，第一中继连接释放信息用于指示释放中继UE 1对应的中继连接。具体的，第一中继连接释放信息用于中继UE 1的SMF网元释放中继UE 1用于中继服务的PDU会话资源。
在一些示例中，中继UE 1通过中继UE1的AMF网元向中继UE 1的SMF网元发送第一中继连接释放信息。
S1502、中继UE 1的SMF网元释放中继UE 1用于中继服务的PDU会话资源。
或者，本申请实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法可以基于图15所示的S1101-S1102、S1401和S1501-S1502，并将S1102替换为：中继UE的PCF网元根据中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息确定中继UE 1不被允许为远端UE 1提供中继服务。以及，将S1501替换为：中继UE 1通过中继UE 1的AMF网元向中继UE 1的SMF网元请求删除中继UE 1提供中继服务的PDU会话中远端UE 1的上下文。例如，中继UE 1可以向中继UE 1的SMF网元发送第四信息，该第四信息用于删除中继UE 1提供中继服务的PDU会话中远端UE 1的上下文。其中，远端UE 1的上下文可以包括但不限于远端UE 1的ID和/或远端UE 1的IP。以及，将S1502替换为：中继UE 1的SMF网元删除中继UE 1提供中继服务的PDU会话中远端UE 1的上下文。
或者，如图15所示，本申请实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法可以基于图14所示的步骤S1101-S1102，以及以下步骤S1503-S1505：
S1503、中继UE 1的PCF网元向中继UE 1的AMF网元发送第一中继服务授权撤销信息。
其中，第一中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权中继UE 1作为中继UE。
例如，中继UE 1的PCF网元可以通过授权更新消息(Authorization Update)向中继UE 1的AMF网元发送第一中继服务授权撤销信息。
在一些示例中，授权更新消息(Authorization Update)中携带有与中继UE 1建立了中继连接的所有远端UE的ID。
在一些示例中，第一中继服务授权撤销信息中可以包括中继连接释放原因值。中继连接释放原因值用于表征中继连接释放的原因。例如，中继连接释放的原因包括：中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息发生改变。例如，提供中继服务的签约到期。
S1504、中继UE 1的AMF网元向中继UE 1的SMF网元发送第一中继连接释放信息。
其中，第一中继连接释放信息用于指示释放中继UE 1对应的中继连接。具体的，第一中继连接释放信息用于中继UE 1的SMF网元释放中继UE 1用于中继服务的PDU会话资源。
在一些示例中，第一中继连接释放信息中可以包括中继连接释放原因值。中继连接释放原因值用于表征中继连接释放的原因。例如，中继连接释放的原因包括：中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息发生改变。例如，提供中继服务的签约到期。
S1505、中继UE 1的SMF网元释放中继UE 1用于中继服务的PDU会话资源。
或者，本申请实施例提供的一种释放中继连接的方法可以基于图15所示的方法，并将S1102替换为：中继UE的PCF网元根据中继UE 1的中继业务签约信息确定中继UE 1不被允许为远端UE 1提供中继服务。以及，将S1503替换为：中继UE 1的PCF网元向中继UE 1的AMF网元发送第二中继服务授权撤销信息。其中，第二中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权中继UE 1为远端UE 1提供中继服务。例如，中继UE 1的PCF网元可以通过授权更新消息(Authorization Update)向中继UE 1的AMF网元发送第二中继服务授权撤销信息。在一些示例中，授权更新消息(Authorization Update)中携带有与中继UE 1建立了中继连接的所有远端UE的ID。以及，将S1504替换为：中继UE 1的AMF网元向中继UE 1的SMF网元发送第二中 继连接释放信息。其中，第二中继连接释放信用于指示释放中继UE 1与远端UE 1之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。具体的，第二中继连接释放信息用于中继UE 1的SMF网元用于请求删除中继UE 1提供中继服务的PDU会话中远端UE 1的上下文。以及，将S1505替换为：中继UE 1的SMF网元删除中继UE 1提供中继服务的PDU会话中远端UE 1的上下文。
需要说明的是，图15所示的释放中继连接的方法是基于中继UE 1发起的授权方式四进行的。基于远端UE 1发起的授权方式四的释放中继连接的方法，也可以参考图15所示的方法，这里不作具体介绍。例如，可以参考图15所示的步骤S1101-S1102、S1401和S1501-S1502，并将中继UE 1的PCF网元替换为远端UE 1的PCF网元。或者，可以参考图15所示的步骤S1101-S1102和S1503-S1505，并将中继UE 1的PCF网元替换为远端UE 1的PCF网元。
另外，图15所示的释放中继连接的方法还可以基于层3中继的独立授权(如授权方式一)进行，也可以参考图15所示的方法，这里不作具体介绍。
或者，基于层3中继的上述授权方式三的释放中继连接的方法也可以参考图15所示的方法。例如，可以基于图13所示的步骤S1201A-S1202A和S1301-S1305，并将S1301-S1305替换为图15所示的步骤S1401和S1501-S1502；或者将S1301-S1305替换为图15所示的步骤S1503-S1505。应理解，本申请实施例的各个方案可以进行合理的组合使用，并且实施例中出现的各个术语的解释或说明可以在各个实施例中互相参考或解释，对此不作限定。
在一些示例中，图18示出一种释放中继连接的方法，可以用于释放基于层3中继的非直接通信链路，该方法具体如下所述。
S1801、第一中继UE接收第七信息。
其中，第七信息可以用于释放第一中继UE的第一PDU会话。其中，第七信息可以包括用于标识第一PDU会话的标识，该标识可以称为第一PDU会话的标识，也可以称为PDU会话标识(PDU Session identifier，PDU Session ID)。
其中，第一PDU会话为用于中继的PDU会话(PDU session for relaying)，也就是说，第一PDU会话为第一中继UE为远端UE提供中继服务的PDU会话。具体地，第一PDU会话可以用于在UPF与中继UE之间传输一个或多个远端UE的相关数据，例如，上行数据或下行数据。
具体地，第七信息可以为信息(例如，消息中的信元)或消息，例如，第七信息可以为用于释放PDU会话的信息或消息(不限定该PDU会话是否是专门用于提供中继服务的)，比如PDU会话释放命令(PDU Session Release Command)消息，该PDU会话释放命令消息中可以包含第一PDU会话的标识，第七信息也可以是专门用于释放用于提供中继服务的PDU会话的信息或消息。示例性的，第七信息可以由第二网元发送至第一中继UE，其中第二网元可以为第一中继UE对应的AMF网元或SMF网元或PCF网元。第一中继UE对应的AMF网元可以理解为负责第一中继UE移动性管理的AMF网元，第一中继UE对应的SMF网元可以理解为负责管理第一中继UE的第一PDU会话的SMF网元，第一中继UE对应的PCF网元可以理解为负责管理第一中继UE的第一PDU会话的PCF网元。图18中以第二网元为第一中继UE对应的AMF 网元为例进行绘制。
具体地，第二网元确定释放第一PDU会话的原因有多种，例如，第一中继UE允许的切片信息(Allowed NSSAI)发生变化或者授权使用的切片信息发生变化，如第一PDU会话对应的切片由允许变为不允许的情况下，第一中继UE对应的SMF网元触发PDU会话释放，具体地，第一中继UE对应的SMF网元通过第一中继UE对应的AMF网元向第一中继UE发送PDU会话释放命令，此时，可以认为第七信息是SMF网元发送给第一中继UE的，也可以认为是AMF网元发送给第一中继UE的。第二网元确定释放第一PDU会话的原因还可以为其他，本申请不作限制。
S1802、第一中继UE根据第七信息释放第一PDU会话。
具体的，S1802中的第一中继UE释放第一PDU会话的过程为本领域技术人员所熟知的，此处不再赘述。其中，S1802为可选步骤。
S1803、第一中继UE根据第七信息释放第一PDU会话对应的中继连接。该中继连接用于第一中继UE与远端UE进行通信。
具体地，该中继连接可以用于第一中继UE与一个或多个远端UE进行通信。示例性的，第一中继UE可以为中继UE1，远端UE包括远端UE1和远端UE2，相应地，中继连接包括第一中继连接和第二中继连接，其中，第一中继连接用于中继UE1与远端UE1之间传输远端UE1的相关数据，第二中继连接用于中继UE1与远端UE2之间传输远端UE2的相关数据。中继UE1再通过第一PDU会话传输远端UE1和远端UE2与网络之间的相关数据。
需要说明的是，在第一中继UE与远端UE的中继连接建立之后，第一中继UE与远端UE可以通过PC5链路进行通信，该PC5链路用于传输远端UE的中继数据。因此，第一中继UE与远端UE之间的中继连接也可以理解为第一中继UE与远端UE之间的PC5链路，上述第一中继连接和第二中继连接也可以分别理解为第一PC5链路和第二PC5链路。
需要说明的是，第一中继UE根据第七信息释放第一PDU会话对应的中继连接包括释放第一PDU会话对应的一个或多个中继连接，示例性的，释放第一中继连接和/或第二中继连接。
需要说明的是，在步骤S1802中第一中继UE根据第七信息释放第一PDU会话之后，或者在步骤S1803中第一中继UE根据第七信息释放第一PDU会话对应的中继连接之前，还可以进一步包括第一中继UE根据第七信息确定第一PDU会话是否用于提供中继服务，若是，则执行步骤S1803；若否，则不执行。
S1803在具体实现时可以包括：
S11、第一中继UE根据第七信息，确定第一PDU会话对应的中继连接。
S12、第一中继UE释放该中继连接。
S11在具体实现时可以包括：第一中继UE可以根据第七信息中的第一PDU会话的标识确定第一PDU会话的PDU会话信息，再根据该PDU会话信息以及该PDU会话信息和第一中继UE与远端UE之间的中继连接的信息之间的对应关系确定对应的中继连接的信息，根据该中继连接的信息即可确定中继连接。
其中，第一PDU会话的PDU会话信息是指第一PDU会话的相关信息，具体地， 可以包含第一PDU会话的标识、第一PDU会话所关联的地址信息(该地址信息用于中继UE与UPF之间传输数据)、第一PDU会话所关联的中继服务码字(relay service code)中的一个或多个信息。中继连接信息是指第一中继UE与远端UE之间的中继连接的相关信息，也可以理解为第一中继UE与远端UE之间的PC5链路得到相关信息，具体地，可以包含PC5链路标识(PC5 Link ID)和/或PC5链路所关联的地址信息(该地址信息用于中继UE与远端UE传输数据)。
需要说明的是，第一中继UE根据第七信息中的第一PDU会话的标识确定第一PDU会话的PDU会话信息之前，还可以进一步包括第一中继UE根据第七信息确定第一PDU会话是否用于提供中继服务，若是，则执行上述S11，若否，则不执行。也就是说，若第一PDU会话是提供中继服务的PDU会话，则第一中继UE再确定第一PDU会话对应的中继连接，或者说，若第一PDU会话是提供中继服务的PDU会话，则第一中继UE释放第一PDU会话对应的中继连接。
其中，PDU会话信息与中继连接的信息的对应关系是第一中继UE在为远端UE建立中继连接之后获取的，第一中继UE存储该对应关系，例如，该对应关系存储在第一PDU会话的上下文中。具体的获取过程可以通过以下S21-S25实现，以中继UE1与远端UE1建立中继连接获取PDU会话信息与中继连接的信息的对应关系为例进行说明，其他远端UE可以通过同样的方式实现。
S21、中继UE1在网络注册时从中继UE1对应的PCF获取中继服务码字和PDU会话参数的对应关系。其中，PDU会话参数包括PDU会话类型、数据网络名称(data network name，DNN)、单网络切片选择辅助信息(single network slice selection assistance information，S-NSSAI)等信息。
S22、远端UE1向中继UE1发送非直接通信请求消息或直接通信请求消息。
上述请求消息用于远端UE1和中继UE1建立通信，其中包括远端UE1的中继服务码字。
S23、中继UE1根据远端UE1的中继服务码字及中继服务码字和PDU会话参数的对应关系确定是否需要为远端UE1新建提供中继服务的PDU会话。
具体地，中继UE1根据远端UE1的中继服务码字及中继服务码字和PDU会话参数的对应关系确定所需PDU会话参数(即远端UE1的中继服务码字对应的PDU会话参数，记为目标PDU会话参数)，再根据已经建立的提供中继服务的PDU会话确定是否需要为远端UE1新建提供中继服务的PDU会话。如果已经建立的提供中继服务的PDU会话的PDU会话参数包括目标PDU会话参数，则不需要为远端UE1新建PDU会话；如果已经建立的提供中继服务的PDU会话的PDU会话参数不包括目标PDU会话参数中的任意一个参数，则需要为远端UE1新建PDU会话。
S24、若不需要，确定已经建立的提供中继服务的PDU会话用于为远端UE1提供中继服务，若需要，为远端UE1新建用于为远端UE1提供中继服务的PDU会话。
S24之后，最终为远端UE1提供中继服务的PDU会话即上文中的第一PDU会话。
S25、中继UE1获取PDU会话信息与中继连接的信息的对应关系。
在S25之后，中继UE1可以存储第一PDU会话对应的PDU会话信息和中继UE1与远端UE1之间的中继连接的信息之间的对应关系，如存储在第一PDU会话的上下 文中。该对应关系能够将中继UE1为远端UE1提供中继服务的PDU会话与中继UE1和远端UE1之间的PC5链路进行绑定或关联。
在一种可能的实现方式中，PDU会话信息和中继连接的信息的对应关系可以通过PDU会话标识和PC5链路标识的对应关系表征，当中继UE1为远端UE1新建用于提供中继服务的PDU会话时，中继UE1为新建的PDU会话分配PDU会话标识，在远端UE1与中继UE1建立PC5链路后，中继UE1也为该PC5链路分配PC5链路标识，将该PDU会话标识和PC5链路标识建立对应关系即可。当已经建立的提供中继服务的PDU会话用于为远端UE1提供中继服务时，在远端UE1与中继UE1建立PC5链路后，中继UE1为该PC5链路分配PC5链路标识，将该已经建立的PDU会话的PDU会话标识与该PC5链路标识建立对应关系即可。
在另一种可能的实现方式中，PDU会话信息和中继连接的信息的对应关系可以通过PDU会话所关联的地址信息与PC5链路所关联的地址信息的对应关系表征。
需要说明的是，PDU会话信息和中继连接的信息的对应关系还可以通过上述PDU会话信息中包含的其他信息和中继连接的信息中包含的其他信息的对应关系表征，本申请不作限制。
可选的，还将远端UE1的中继服务码字与为远端UE1提供中继服务的PDU会话的PDU会话标识和建立对应关系，该对应关系可以作为该PDU会话的上下文。
可选的，还将远端UE1的中继服务码字与远端UE1与中继UE1的PC5链路标识建立对应关系。该对应关系可以作为该PC5链路的上下文。
第一中继UE通过上述S21-S25获取PDU会话信息与中继连接的信息的对应关系，当第一中继UE接收到第七信息，可以根据第七信息中的第一PDU会话的标识确定第一PDU会话的PDU会话信息，再通过上述PDU会话信息与中继连接的信息的对应关系确定中继连接。
若第一中继UE释放的中继连接包括第一中继UE和第一远端UE之间的中继连接，则S12在具体实现时可以包括：第一中继UE向第一远端UE发送第八信息，第八信息用于释放第一中继UE与第一远端UE之间的中继连接。
需要说明的是，上述S12在具体实现时，第一中继UE释放由S11确定的中继连接，如上述中继UE1释放与远端UE1之间的第一中继连接，若中继UE1与其他远端UE之间存在中继连接，但未获取PDU会话信息与中继连接的信息的对应关系(即未执行完上述S21-S25)，中继UE1将不释放与其他远端UE之间的中继连接。示例性的，中继UE1与远端UE2之间建立第二中继连接，中继UE1未保存第一PDU会话的PDU会话信息与第二中继连接的信息，则无法获取第一PDU会话的PDU会话信息与第二中继连接的信息之间的对应关系，当中继UE1接收到第七信息将不释放第二中继连接。
示例性的，释放中继UE1与远端UE1之间的中继连接可以包括删除中继UE1与远端UE1之间的PC5链路的上下文。
具体地，第八信息可以包括用于表征中继连接的释放原因的原因值(即第八信息包括中继连接释放原因值)，中继连接释放原因值包括：第一中继UE的第一PDU会话释放。本申请中的第八信息可以为链路释放消息。
若第一中继UE释放的中继连接包括第一中继UE和第一远端UE之间的中继连接，则S12在具体实现时还可以包括：第一中继UE释放第一中继UE与第一远端UE之间用于中继连接的通信资源。
在建立PDU会话1对应的PDU会话信息和中继UE1与远端UE1之间的中继连接的信息之间的对应关系之后，通过上述S1801-S1803，第一中继UE在接收到释放用于第一中继UE向远端UE提供中继服务的PDU会话时，能够根据上述对应关系确定出该PDU会话对应的中继连接，并将该中继连接进行及时释放，从而可以及时的释放第一中继UE与远端UE之间的通信资源，提高资源的利用率。
需要说明的是，上述图18所示的释放中继连接的方法可以应用在任何一个UE(记为UEA)上，该UEA接收用于释放一个PDU会话的信息(例如，可以记为第九信息)，该PDU会话为UEA与UPF之间传输数据的PDU会话，UEA根据第九信息释放该PDU会话，并根据第九信息确定UEA是否通过该PDU会话为其他一个或多个UE提供中继服务，若是，则UEA根据第九信息释放该PDU会话对应的部分或全部中继连接，若否，则UEA释放完该PDU会话即可。
还应理解，在本申请的各种实施例中，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
可以理解的是，中继UE，远端UE，接入网设备或其他网络设备(如PCF网元、SMF网元或AMF网元)为了实现上述任一个实施例的功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
本申请实施例可以对中继UE，远端UE，接入网设备或其他网络设备(如PCF网元、SMF网元或AMF网元)等设备进行功能模块的划分，例如，可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。
比如，以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的情况下，如图16所示，为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构框图。该通信装置可以为中继UE或远端UE。该通信装置可以包括收发单元1610和处理单元1620。
其中，当通信装置为中继UE时，收发单元1610用于支持中继UE执行上述步骤S701、S702、S703、S704、S705、S801、S901、S902、S1001、S1002、S1103、S1104、S1105、S1301、S1401、S1501或S1801，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。处理单元1620用于辅助中继UE执行上述步骤S701、S702、S703、S704、S705、S801、S901、S902、S1001、S1002、S1116、S1204A、S1208A、S1205B、S1209B、S1802或S1803，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。
当通信装置为远端UE时，收发单元1610用于支持远端UE执行上述步骤S701、S702、S703、S705、S706、S1105、S1110或S1112，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。处理单元1620用于辅助远端UE执行上述步骤S701、S702、S703、S705、S706、S707、S1107或S1111，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。
如图17所示，为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构框图。该通信装置可以是上述接入网设备、AMF网元、PCF网元或SMF网元等。该通信装置可以包括收发单元1710和处理单元1720。
其中，当通信装置是接入网设备时，上述收发单元1710用于支持该接入网设备执行上述步骤S601、S602、S701、S702、S704、S706、S707、S901、S902、S1001、S1002、S1103、S1104、S1110、S1112、S1115、S1203A、S1207A、S1204B、S1208B、S1301、S1401、S1402或S1501，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。处理单元1702用于辅助接入网设备执行上述步骤S602、S701、S702、S704、S706、S707、S801、S1001、S1002、S1004、S1005、S1007或S1101，或者支持接入网设备执行上述步骤S1106、S1116、S1204A、S1208A、S1205B、S1209B或S1403，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。
当通信装置是AMF网元时，上述收发单元1710用于支持该AMF网元执行上述步骤S601、S602、S701、S704、S706、S801、S802、S803、S901、S902、S1001、S1002、S1103、S1113、S1115、S1201A、S1203A、S1205A、S1207A、S1201B、S1203B、S1204B、S1206B、S1208B、S1301、S1401、S1501、S1503、S1504或S1801，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。处理单元1702用于辅助AMF网元执行上述步骤S602、S701、S704、S706、S707、S801、S802、S803、S901、S902、S1001或S1002，或者用于辅助AMF网元执行上述步骤S1114、S1202A、S1206A、S1202B或S1207B，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。
当通信装置是PCF网元时，上述收发单元1710用于支持该PCF网元执行上述步骤S601、S602、S704、S1001、S1002、S1101、S1103、S1108、S1110、S1401、S1503或S1801，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。处理单元1702用于辅助PCF网元执行上述步骤S602、S701、S704、S1001或S1002，或者用于支持该PCF网元执行上述步骤S1102或S1109，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。
当通信装置是SMF网元时，上述收发单元1710用于支持该SMF网元执行上述步骤S701、S1401、S1501、S1504或S1801，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。处理单元用于支持该SMF网元执行上述步骤S1502或S1505，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其他过程。
需要说明的是，上述收发单元1610和收发单元1710可以包括射频电路。UE或网络设备可以通过射频电路进行无线信号的接收和发送。通常，射频电路包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。此外，射频电路还可以通过无线通信和其他设备通信。所述无线通信可以使用任一通信标准或协议，包括但不限于全球移动通讯系统、通用分组无线服务、码分多址、宽带码分多址、长期演进、电子邮件、短消息服务等。
在一种可选的方式中，当使用软件实现数据传输时，可以全部或部分地以计算机 程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地实现本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质，(例如软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘Solid State Disk(SSD))等。
结合本申请实施例所描述的方法或者算法的步骤可以硬件的方式来实现，也可以是由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成，软件模块可以被存放于RAM存储器、闪存、ROM存储器、EPROM存储器、EEPROM存储器、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、CD-ROM或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器，从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息，且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然，存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外，该ASIC可以位于探测装置中。当然，处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于探测装置中。
通过以上的实施方式的描述，所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明，实际应用中，可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成，即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块，以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。
本申请提供一种通信系统，该通信系统包括接入网设备、AMF网元和PCF网元。该通信系统用于实现本申请提供的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法，例如，该通信系统中的AMF网元或PCF网元用于实现上述图6所示的步骤S601和S602，或者该通信系统中的接入网设备、AMF网元和PCF网元用于协助实现上述图7、图8、图9或图10所示的远端UE和/或中继UE的授权流程，或者该通信系统中的接入网设备、AMF网元和PCF网元用于协助实现上述图11、图12A、图12B、图13、图14、图15或图18所示的释放中继连接的过程。进一步地，该通信系统还可以包括上述各方法实施例中的远端UE和中继UE。
本申请提供一种通信装置，该通信装置包括处理器、存储器，存储器中存储有计算机程序代码；当计算机程序代码被处理器执行时，实现本申请提供的上述各方法中第一网元，接入网设备或第一UE的动作。该通信装置可以是该芯片系统，该芯片系统可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的设备和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅是示意性的，例如，所述模块或单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。 另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一个设备(可以是单片机，芯片等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (40)

  1. 一种释放中继连接的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第一网元获得第一用户设备UE的中继业务签约信息；
    所述第一网元根据所述第一UE的中继业务签约信息，发送第一信息；
    其中，所述第一信息用于释放所述第一UE对应的中继连接，或释放所述第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述第一信息用于释放所述第一UE对应的中继连接时，所述第一信息是第一中继服务授权撤销信息或者第一中继连接释放信息；
    所述第一中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权所述第一UE作为中继UE或远端UE；
    所述第一中继连接释放信息用于指示释放所述第一UE对应的中继连接。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一UE是中继UE，所述第一网元根据所述第一UE的中继业务签约信息，发送第一信息，包括：
    当所述第一UE的中继业务签约信息从包括所述第一UE被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息改变为不包括所述第一UE被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息时，所述第一网元发送所述第一信息；或者，
    所述第一网元根据所述中继业务签约信息确定所述第一UE从被允许为远端UE提供中继服务改变为不被允许为远端UE提供中继服务时，所述第一网元发送所述第一信息；
    其中，所述第一信息用于释放所述第一UE对应的中继连接。
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一UE是远端UE，所述第一网元根据所述第一UE的中继业务签约信息，发送第一信息，包括：
    当所述第一UE的中继业务签约信息从包括所述第一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息改变为不包括所述第一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息时，所述第一网元发送所述第一信息；或者，
    当所述第一网元根据所述中继业务签约信息确定所述第一UE从被允许接受中继服务改变为不被允许接受中继服务时，所述第一网元发送所述第一信息；
    其中，所述第一信息用于释放所述第一UE对应的中继连接。
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，
    当所述第一信息用于释放所述第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接时，所述第一信息是第二中继服务授权撤销信息或者第二中继连接释放信息；
    其中，所述第二中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权所述第一UE为所述第二UE提供中继服务，或撤销授权所述第一UE接受所述第二UE提供的中继服务；所述第二中继连接释放信息用于指示释放所述第一UE与所述第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
  6. 根据权利要求1或5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一UE是中继UE，所述第一网元根据所述第一UE的中继业务签约信息，发送所述第一信息，包括：
    当所述第一UE的中继业务签约信息从包括所述第一UE被允许提供中继服务的 远端UE的标识信息且所述远端UE的标识信息包括所述第二UE的标识信息，改变为不包括所述第一UE被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息时，所述第一网元发送所述第一信息；或者，
    当所述第一UE的中继业务签约信息中所述第一UE被允许提供中继服务的远端UE的标识信息从包括所述第二UE的标识信息改变为不包括所述第二UE的标识信息时，所述第一网元发送所述第一信息；或者，
    当所述第一网元根据所述第一UE的中继业务签约信息确定所述第一UE从被允许为所述第二UE提供中继服务改变为不被允许为所述第二UE提供中继服务时，所述第一网元发送所述第一信息；
    其中，所述第一信息用于释放所述第一UE与所述第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
  7. 根据权利要求1或5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一UE是远端UE，所述第一网元根据所述第一UE的中继业务签约信息，发送第一信息，包括：
    当所述第一UE的中继业务签约信息从包括所述第一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息且所述中继UE的标识信息包括所述第二UE的标识信息，改变为不包括所述第一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息时，所述第一网元发送所述第一信息；或者，
    当所述第一UE的中继业务签约信息中所述第一UE被允许接受中继服务的中继UE的标识信息从包括所述第二UE的标识信息改变为不包括所述第二UE的标识信息时，所述第一网元发送所述第一信息；或者，
    当所述第一网元根据所述第一UE的中继业务签约信息确定所述第一UE从被允许接受所述第二UE提供的中继服务改变为不被允许接受所述第二UE提供的中继服务时，所述第一网元发送所述第一信息；
    其中，所述第一信息用于释放所述第一UE与所述第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息包括所述第二UE的标识信息。
  9. 根据权利要求1-8中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一网元发送所述第一信息，包括：
    所述第一网元向接入网设备、所述第一UE或所述第一UE的会话管理功能SMF网元发送所述第一信息。
  10. 根据权利要求1-9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一网元是接入及移动性管理功能AMF网元或者策略控制功能PCF网元。
  11. 根据权利要求1-10中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一信息包括中继连接释放原因值，所述中继连接释放原因值用于表征所述中继连接释放的原因。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述中继连接释放的原因包括：所述第一UE的中继业务签约信息发生改变。
  13. 一种释放中继连接的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    接入网设备接收第二信息，所述第二信息用于释放第一用户设备UE对应的中继 连接；
    所述接入网设备根据所述第二信息，释放所述第一UE对应的中继连接。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二信息是第一中继服务授权撤销信息或者第一中继连接释放信息；
    所述第一中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权所述第一UE作为中继UE或远端UE；
    所述第一中继连接释放信息用于指示释放所述第一UE对应的中继连接。
  15. 根据权利要求13或14所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接入网设备接收所述第二信息，包括：
    所述接入网设备从第一网元接收所述第二信息，所述第一网元是所述第一UE的策略控制功能PCF网元或所述第一UE的接入及移动性管理功能AMF网元；或者，
    所述接入网设备从所述第一UE接收所述第二信息。
  16. 根据权利要求13-15任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一UE是中继UE，所述接入网设备根据所述第二信息，释放所述第一UE对应的中继连接，包括：
    所述接入网设备根据所述第二信息释放所述第一UE与所述接入网设备之间用于所述中继连接的通信资源。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接入网设备根据所述第二信息，释放所述第一UE对应的中继连接，还包括：
    所述接入网设备根据所述第二信息释放所述第一UE与远端UE之间用于所述中继连接的通信资源。
  18. 根据权利要求13-15任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一UE是远端UE，所述接入网设备根据所述第二信息释放所述第一UE对应的中继连接，包括：
    所述接入网设备根据所述第二信息，释放以下资源中的至少一种：
    所述接入网设备用于所述中继连接的通信资源；
    所述第一UE与中继UE之间用于所述中继连接的通信资源。
  19. 根据权利要求13-18中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二信息包括中继连接释放原因值，所述中继连接释放原因值用于表征所述中继连接释放的原因；
    其中，所述中继连接释放的原因包括：所述第一UE的中继业务签约信息发生改变。
  20. 一种释放中继连接的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第一用户设备UE接收第二信息；所述第二信息用于释放所述第一UE与第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接；
    所述第一UE根据所述第二信息，释放所述中继连接。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一UE接收所述第二信息，包括：
    所述第一UE从第二网元接收所述第二信息；
    其中，所述第二网元是接入网设备或者所述第一UE的接入及移动性管理功能AMF网元。
  22. 根据权利要求20或21所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二信息是第二中继 服务授权撤销信息或者第二中继连接释放信息；
    所述第二中继服务授权撤销信息用于指示撤销授权所述第一UE为所述第二UE提供中继服务，或撤销授权所述第一UE接受所述第二UE提供的中继服务；
    所述第二中继连接释放信息用于指示释放所述第一UE与所述第二UE之间的中继服务对应的中继连接。
  23. 根据权利要求20-22中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一UE是中继UE，所述第二UE是接受所述第一UE提供中继服务的远端UE，所述第一UE根据所述第二信息，释放所述中继连接，包括：
    所述第一UE根据所述第二信息，向所述接入网设备发送第三信息；其中，所述第三信息用于释放所述第一UE与所述接入网设备之间用于所述中继连接的通信资源；或者，
    所述第一UE根据所述第二信息，向所述第一UE的AMF网元发送第四信息，所述第四信息用于删除所述第一UE提供中继服务的PDU会话中所述第二UE的上下文。
  24. 根据权利要求20-22中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一UE是远端UE，所述第二UE是为所述第一UE提供中继服务的中继UE；所述第一UE根据所述第二信息，释放所述中继连接，包括：
    所述第一UE根据所述第二信息，向所述接入网设备发送第五信息；
    其中，所述第五信息用于释放所述接入网设备用于所述中继连接的通信资源。
  25. 根据权利要求23或24所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一UE根据所述第二信息，向所述第二UE发送第六信息；所述第六信息用于释放所述第一UE与所述第二UE之间用于所述中继连接的通信资源。
  26. 根据权利要求20-25中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二信息包括所述第二UE的标识信息。
  27. 根据权利要求20-26中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二信息包括中继连接释放原因值，所述中继连接释放原因值用于表征所述中继连接释放的原因；
    其中，所述中继连接释放的原因包括：所述第一UE的中继业务签约信息发生改变。
  28. 一种释放中继连接的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第一中继用户设备UE接收第七信息，所述第七信息用于释放第一协议数据单元PDU会话，所述第一PDU会话用于所述第一中继UE向远端UE提供中继服务；
    所述第一中继UE根据所述第七信息，释放所述第一PDU会话对应的中继连接，所述中继连接用于所述第一中继UE与所述远端UE进行通信。
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一中继UE接收第七信息，包括：
    所述第一中继UE从第二网元接收所述第七信息；
    其中，所述第二网元是所述第一中继UE对应的接入及移动性管理功能AMF网元或者所述第一中继UE对应的策略控制功能PCF网元或者所述第一中继UE对应的会话管理功能SMF网元。
  30. 根据权利要求28或29所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一中继UE根据所 述第七信息释放所述第一PDU会话对应的中继连接，包括：
    所述第一中继UE根据所述第七信息，确定所述中继连接；
    所述第一中继UE释放所述中继连接。
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的方法，其特征在于，所述中继连接包括所述第一中继UE和第一远端UE之间的中继连接，所述第一中继UE释放所述中继连接，包括：
    所述第一中继UE向所述第一远端UE发送第八信息，所述第八信息用于释放所述第一中继UE与所述第一远端UE之间的中继连接。
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第八信息包括中继连接释放原因值，所述中继连接释放原因值用于表征所述中继连接的释放原因；
    其中，所述中继连接的释放原因包括：所述第一PDU会话释放。
  33. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    存储器，用于存储计算机程序；
    处理器，用于执行所述计算机程序，以实现如权利要求1-12中任一项所述的方法。
  34. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    存储器，用于存储计算机程序；
    处理器，用于执行所述计算机程序，以实现如权利要求13-19中任一项所述的方法。
  35. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    存储器，用于存储计算机程序；
    处理器，用于执行所述计算机程序，以实现如权利要求20-27中任一项所述的方法。
  36. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：
    存储器，用于存储计算机程序；
    处理器，用于执行所述计算机程序，以实现如权利要求28-32中任一项所述的方法。
  37. 一种通信系统，所述通信系统包括：
    如权利要求33所述的通信装置；和，
    如权利要求34所述的通信装置。
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的通信系统，其特征在于，所述通信系统还包括：
    如权利要求35所述的通信装置。
  39. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序代码，所述计算机程序代码被处理电路执行时实现如权利要求1-32中任一项所述的方法。
  40. 一种芯片系统，其特征在于，所述芯片系统包括处理电路、存储介质，所述存储介质中存储有计算机程序代码；所述计算机程序代码被所述处理电路执行时实现如权利要求1-32中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2021/100212 2020-06-17 2021-06-15 一种释放中继连接的方法、设备及系统 WO2021254353A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010555705.5 2020-06-17
CN202010555705.5A CN113811025A (zh) 2020-06-17 2020-06-17 一种释放中继连接的方法、设备及系统

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021254353A1 true WO2021254353A1 (zh) 2021-12-23

Family

ID=78892709

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/100212 WO2021254353A1 (zh) 2020-06-17 2021-06-15 一种释放中继连接的方法、设备及系统

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN113811025A (zh)
WO (1) WO2021254353A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4210370A1 (en) * 2022-01-07 2023-07-12 LG Electronics, Inc. Method and apparatus for revoking user equipment authentication in wireless communication system background of the invention

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN117320183A (zh) * 2022-06-21 2023-12-29 夏普株式会社 由用户设备执行的方法及用户设备
WO2024036540A1 (zh) * 2022-08-17 2024-02-22 北京小米移动软件有限公司 连接释放方法、装置、存储介质及芯片

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105188099A (zh) * 2015-08-21 2015-12-23 北京邮电大学 基于d2d通信的中继设备重选方法
CN106470491A (zh) * 2015-08-14 2017-03-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 中继用户设备控制方法、装置及用户设备
CN107211297A (zh) * 2014-11-07 2017-09-26 交互数字专利控股公司 中继通信优化
CN107637162A (zh) * 2015-05-14 2018-01-26 英特尔Ip公司 Ue到网络中继发起和配置
CN107771410A (zh) * 2015-05-26 2018-03-06 Lg 电子株式会社 在无线通信系统中通过ue实现的解除链接方法和使用所述方法的ue
CN108307472A (zh) * 2016-08-12 2018-07-20 中兴通讯股份有限公司 设备直通系统的通信方法及装置、通信系统
CN109246688A (zh) * 2017-07-11 2019-01-18 华为技术有限公司 设备接入方法、设备及系统
US20200015192A1 (en) * 2017-03-17 2020-01-09 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and base station for performing paging, and method and network entity for supporting paging

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107211297A (zh) * 2014-11-07 2017-09-26 交互数字专利控股公司 中继通信优化
CN107637162A (zh) * 2015-05-14 2018-01-26 英特尔Ip公司 Ue到网络中继发起和配置
CN107771410A (zh) * 2015-05-26 2018-03-06 Lg 电子株式会社 在无线通信系统中通过ue实现的解除链接方法和使用所述方法的ue
CN106470491A (zh) * 2015-08-14 2017-03-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 中继用户设备控制方法、装置及用户设备
CN105188099A (zh) * 2015-08-21 2015-12-23 北京邮电大学 基于d2d通信的中继设备重选方法
CN108307472A (zh) * 2016-08-12 2018-07-20 中兴通讯股份有限公司 设备直通系统的通信方法及装置、通信系统
US20200015192A1 (en) * 2017-03-17 2020-01-09 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and base station for performing paging, and method and network entity for supporting paging
CN109246688A (zh) * 2017-07-11 2019-01-18 华为技术有限公司 设备接入方法、设备及系统

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4210370A1 (en) * 2022-01-07 2023-07-12 LG Electronics, Inc. Method and apparatus for revoking user equipment authentication in wireless communication system background of the invention

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113811025A (zh) 2021-12-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021204003A1 (zh) 一种临近服务的业务处理方法、设备及系统
US10764951B2 (en) Registration method of user terminal in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor
WO2021254353A1 (zh) 一种释放中继连接的方法、设备及系统
WO2023280121A1 (zh) 一种获取边缘服务的方法和装置
WO2021232897A1 (zh) 中继链接建立、配置信息发送方法、装置和可读存储介质
WO2021208861A1 (zh) 授权方法、策略控制功能设备和接入和移动管理功能设备
WO2022033558A1 (zh) 一种中继管理方法及通信装置
WO2022089164A1 (zh) 多路径传输方法和通信装置
WO2013155920A1 (zh) D2D终端接入控制方法、D2D终端、eNB和MME
WO2022017285A1 (zh) 报文转发方法、装置及系统
WO2022171017A1 (zh) 一种通信方法、装置及系统
WO2021097858A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
EP3849103A1 (en) Relay selection in cellular sliced networks
WO2021174377A1 (zh) 切换方法和通信装置
WO2023087965A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
WO2022033543A1 (zh) 一种中继通信方法及通信装置
CN114424498B (zh) 数据传输方法、装置、系统和存储介质
WO2021189496A1 (zh) 用于网络切片的数据传输方法及设备
WO2016082079A1 (zh) 通信系统、基站和通信方法
WO2023197737A1 (zh) 报文发送方法、pin管理方法、通信装置及通信系统
WO2024074148A1 (zh) 通信方法、装置及系统
WO2023015973A1 (zh) 一种网络切片准入控制方法和装置
WO2021136301A1 (zh) 通信方法及装置
WO2023169225A1 (zh) 一种pin管理方法、通信装置及通信系统
WO2023020046A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及通信装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21826391

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21826391

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1